PROCEEDINGS OF The Academy of Natural Sciences OF PHILADELPHIA VOLUME LXXIV 1922 philadelphia: The Academy of Natural Sciences 1923 / PUBLICATION COMMITTEE 1 1 i:\ky Skinner, M.D., Sc.D., Witmer Stone, A.M., Sc.D., Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., William J. Fox, Milton J. Greenman, M.D. The President, John Cadwalader, A.M., LL.D., ex-officio. EDITOR: William J. Fox. k CONTENTS For Announcements, etc., see General Index. PAGE Baker, H. Burrington. Notes on the Radula of the Helicinidae. Published August 8, 1922 29 Berry, S. Stillman. Notes on the Mollusks of the Colorado Desert -I. Published August 18, 1922 69 Fowler, Henry W. Records of Fishes for the Southern and Eastern United States. Published July 28, 1922 1 Gordon, Samuel G. Keeleyite, a New Sulfantimonite from Oruro, Bolivia. Published October 14, 1922 101 Crystallographic Notes on Glaucochroite, Willemite, Celestite, and Calcite, from Franklin. New Jersey. Published October 14, 1922 105 Crystallographic Notes on Wavellite from Bolivia, Pennsylvania, Arkansas, and Bohemia. Published October 14, 1922 113 Hebard, Morgan. Studies in Malayan, Melanesian, and Australian Tettigoniidae (Orthoptera). Published De- cember iq, 1922 121 Abstracts of the Minutes of the Proceedings 301 / ? / 7f PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 1922 RECORDS OF FISHES FOR THE EASTERN AND SOUTHERN UNITED STATES. By Henry W. Fowler. The present paper is a report on the collections obtained for the Academy, chiefly during 1921. The materials and notes for the Middle Atlantic States are given first. They contain some inter- esting and unusual items of more local distribution. It is, however, chiefly in the streams of the Southern Alleghanies that the greater results were gathered. These were largely from collections made by the writer with Mr. Edwin Fowler, for the Fowler-Academy Expedition of October 1921. Eight rare or little-known species were rediscovered. The American Museum of Natural History in New York City, through Mr. John T. Nichols, very kindly submitted the collections made in Virginia and North Carolina by Mr. E. R. Dunn. As they contain two very interesting species, they are noted accordingly. A duplicate set of specimens had been generously donated to the Academy for the services rendered in the study of this material. Ten figures, representing the rare species hitherto unfigured, are given. New York. During the summer Mr. George W. Goudy sent the following fishes from Indian Lake in the Adirondacks. (1) PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV tostomus emu an rsonnii (Lacepede). The largest of four males, is 200 mm. long. Scales (32 in lateral line to caudal base and 4 more on latter. The lower half of the caudal and all the anal rays tuber- culate. This evidently represents the nominal C.utawana Mather, a dwarfed form from the Adirondack^ said to reach less than 130 mm. in length. I have found a very wide range in the maturity of this species, in New Jersey and Pennsylvania. Examples when but 75 mm. long were found with perfectly developed roe and milt, similar to examples 600 mm. The fully adorned male shows the pearl organs on the upper part of the body till level with the axils of the paired fins, and the entire upper surface of the head minutely tuberculated. The dorsal rays, at least anteriorly and basally, lower caudal lobe with its rays, anal rays and inner or upper surfaces of pectoral and ventral all with series of tubercles. On pectoral and ventral tubercles usually a little weaker than elsewhere. The tuberculated males most always have the lower surface of the caudal peduncle rough. I have examined males only 100 mm. with tuberculate anals, also lower caudal lobe and under surface of caudal peduncle rough. Other males 500 mm. were less ornate. Some males show the head more or less tuberculate over parts of its surface. Esox lucius Linne\ Two heads sent September 29, the larger from a seven pound fish 792 mm. long. The smaller was nearly two pounds and is of interest in showing a pair of bony spines, splint- like, covered with epidermis and projecting from the top of the head. According to Mr. Goudy during several months of the year, or in the summer, one seldom finds any remains of food in the stomach, excepl green slime. Pomotis gibbosus (Linn6). Small and dark. I'i mi flavescens (Mitchil ). Several. New Jersey. ( !ollections were made in Bear Brook, a tributary of the Millstone River east of Princeton Junction, on May 28 and June 10; in the Shabboconk Creek, near Bella Vista, June 21, and in September, with Mr. Edwin Fowler. Mr. Wharton Huber made a collection of marine fishes at Corson's Inlet, September 15 to 25. Carcharias taurus Rafinesque. Mr. H. Walker Hand reports eighl at Cape May April 21. They were 1220 to 2440 mm. long, and were sold as "gray-fish" at New York for five cents a pound. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3 Alopias vulpinus (Bonnaterre). Mr. Henry S. Drinker reports one taken late in 1920, about 2745 mm. long, at Beach Haven. Cetorhinus maximus (Gunner). Mr. Drinker reports one 4575 mm. long at Beach Haven, May 26, caught in the nets of the St. Albans fish company. Fishermen at Sea Side Park also told us of one brought in there, about 5185 mm., early in August 1920. They also gave the following interesting items for the same season: Eulamia milberti (Le Sueur). Several adults 2440 to 3050 mm. Sphyrna zygaena (Linne). Very abundant though all small, largest 1525 mm. Many taken at different lifts of the pound during the entire season. Squatina dumeril Le Sueur. A few in the pounds, though no actual dates given. Torpedo nobiliana Bonaparte. An example 610 mm. long taken during the summer. Mustelus canis (Mitchill). Prof. Charles La Wall reported one in July 1921, at Longport. During the summer he also found: Raja eglanteria Lacepede, several; Cynoscion regalis (Schneider), large ones in Great Egg Harbor Bay; Menticirrhus saxatilis (Schneider); Tautoga onitis (Linne); Paralichthys dentatus (Linne). Mr. Huber found M. canis common at Corsons Inlet, with about a dozen examples of Sphyrna zygaena. At Beach Arlington in late August, Mr. G. MacReynolds found if frequent ; also : Raja eglanteria, Anguilla rostrata, Scomber scombrus, Pomatomus saltatrix, Centropristis striatus, Stenotomus chrysops, Cynoscion regalis, Micropogon undulatus and Paralichthys de?itatus. Squatina dumeril Le Sueur.. Mr. Drinker reports one August 13, 1920, about 1195 mm. long. The same season he also found a young example of Squalus acanthias Linne early in June, and an adult Megalops atlanticus Valenciennes, 915 mm. long, late in June. Notropis bijrenatus (Cope). Bella Vista. Notropis chalybaeus (Cope). Bear Brook and Millstone River. Catostomus commersonnii (Lacepede). Bella Vista. Erimyzon sucetta oblongus (Mitchill). Bear Brook. Mr. L. M. Dorsey reports it from Hammonton, in Atlantic County, July 22. He also found Rhinichthys atronasus abundant in small brooks at Blackwood, August 10. Esox americanus (Gmelin). Bear Brook. Mr. W. T. Innes reports it from May's Landing, May 1, with Ameiurus natalis, Aphredoderus sayanus, Mesogonistius chaetodon, and Enneacanthus gloriosus. 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Umbra pygmaea (DeKay). Bear Brook. Fundulus majalis (Walbaum). Corson's Inlet, in the surf. Fundulus heteroclitus macrolepidotus very common and large, on the meadows. Mr. Huber also secured a few Anchovia mitchilli in the surf, and Anguilla rostrata noted large and very abundant. Fundulus diaphanus (Le Sueur). Bella Vista. ( 'yprinodon variegatus Lacepede. One from the gullet of a Hooded Merganser killed at Barnegat November 26, 1921. I also examined a mossbunker (Brevoortia tynuuins) taken from a Red-throated Loon, shot at Salem, November 24? The loon was said to have had two mossbunkers inside, the one I examined measuring 90 mm. Syngnathus fuscus Storer. Common in the surf at Corson's Inlet. Menidia menidia notata (Mitchill). Corson's Inlet, common in the surf with the next. Mugil curema Valenciennes. Tli a n huh thynnus (Linne). Mr. Drinker reports it common 25 miles off Barnegat, during the summer, examples of 12 to 50 pounds, and large ones occasional. Other notes he sends from Beach Haven are as follows: Sphyrna zygaena (Linne). Two small ones. Megalops atlanticus Valenciennes. Two in the pounds. Euthynnus alleteratus (Rafinesque). Common off shore, also the nexi . Sarda sarda (Bloch). Pomatomus saltatrix (Linne). Common and runs to 13 pounds off shore. Coryphaena hippurus Linne. Small one August 25. Cynoscion regalis (Schneider). Common in Barnegat Bay with the IMXt t\VO. Pogonias cromis (Linne). Paralichthys dentatus (Linne). Trachinotus enrol in us ^ Linne). Common in the surf at Corson's Inlet. An example of Strongylura marina about a foot long also reported from this locality, besides several of Seriola zonata. Pomatomus saltatrix (Linne). Two young in the surf at Corson's Inlei. Frequent ;d)out the mouth of the Inlet, and large ones at sea. Mesogonistius chaetodon (Baird). Bear Brook. Lepomis auritus (Linne). Bear Brook. Pomotis gibbosus (Linne). Millstone River and Bella Vista. Bairdiella chrysura (Lacepede). Young in the surf at Corson's 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5 Inlet. Mr. Huber also reported a few Roccus lineatus, frequent and fairly large Centropristis striatus, few Stenotomus chrysops, large Cynoscion regalis common, and four Cynoscion nebulosus on September 23. In July Mr. J. A. G. Rehn reported Centropristis striatus, Cynoscion regalis, Paralichthys dentatus and Opsanus tau in Barnegat Bay at Beach Haven. During late September Mr. D. McCadden found Centropristis striatus, Orthopristis chrysopterus, Cynoscion regalis, Leiostomus xanthurus, Pogonias cromis said Paral- ichthys dentatus at Ocean City. Menticirrhus saxatilis (Schneider). Young common in the surf at Corson's Inlet. Mr. Huber reports at this place an example of Sciaenops ocellatus of 36 pounds and another of 52 pounds; a few Leiostomus xanthurus, Micropogon undulatus common and large, also Tautoga onitis, an example of Chiloniycterus schoepfi about 253 mm. long and many large Paralichthys dentatus. Dioclon hystrix (Linne). August 24, 1921, Mr. R. P. Schriver Jr., reported an example captured at this place which he skinned out and sent later. The skin now measures 320 mm. Color when fresh blackish-slate passing through slate color to gray on upper parts of side. Back with numerous close-set dark or blackish spots. Fins all more or less dusky terminally, with obscure blackish spots, most distinct on caudal and only few about pectoral axil. Bases of pectoral and ventral pale. Lower surface of head and trunk white, though narrow slate-gray band crosses throat. Sides of head slate-gray. But a single small example ever obtained pre- viously, and that at Atlantic City many years ago. Mola mola (Linne). An example, said to have weighed 380 pounds and measured 1423 mm. was captured off McCray's Shoal, about four miles off Cape May, August 12. Phycis regius (Walbaum). Mr. W. T. Innes secured two young at Corson's Inlet, with a young example of Pomolobus pseudohar- en gus. Dr. R. 0. Van Deusen has kindly sent more or less complete notes on the fishes observed by him at Atlantic City during the season of 1921, of which the following resume appears noteworthy: Carcharias iaurus, 8 to 10 during June and July and about 20 during the season; Mustelus canis, common all summer; Eulamia milberti, two young in August; Sphyrna zygaena, 5 or 6 small ones in one haul in October; Squalus acanthi as, common in October and Nov- 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV ember; Squatina dumeril, one 915 mm. long June 30, and adult in late October; Raja eglanteria, common; Dasyatis say, few at intervals during August, some young; Rhinoptera bonasus, adult in [ate September; Acipenser sturio, 25 in early May; Pomolobus stivalis, small numbers in early summer; AJosa sapidissima, 1 1 during < October 28 and 29; Opisthonema oglinum, 2 in late August; /; . qortia tyrannus, common; Anchovia mitchilli, 2 in July; Anguilla rostrata, few in spring and common in fall; Conger conger, 8 in No- vember; Syngnathus fuscus, 15 or 20 off the wreck in late August; Hippocampus hudsonius, 8 from July to middle of October; Strong- ylura marina, 300 or more in September around the nets; Mugil at rana, 15 in mid October; Trichiurus lepturus, 1 in the spring; Seriola zonata, 8 in October; Caranx crysos, 10 from August to October; Vomer setapinnis, young very abundant about 35 mm. long in September, and adults irregular through summer; Tra- chinotus carolinus, 400 young in September and October; Poma- tomus saltatrix, September and October, several full-grown; Poronotus tri acanthus, common; Palinurichthys perciformis, seven during September and October; Roccus lineatus, 4 or 5 large ones in spring and a few in the fall; Morone americana, common in fall ; Centropristis striatus, 7 taken irregularly and common at the wreck; Lobotes surinamensis, adult June 8 of about 6 pounds weight; Orthopristis chrysopterus, 6 at intervals during summer; Stenotomus chrysops, abundant at the wreck; Lagodon rhomboides, common in September and October but rather small; Cynoscion regalis, common, C. nebulosus, 5 in October; Bairdiella chrysura, frequentlj' irregular in summer; Sciaenops ocellatus. few large ones and 6 young; Leiostomus xanthurus, common; Micropogan undulatus common in spring and fall; Menticirrhit'S saxatilis, common; Pogonias cromis, common and all adults; Tautogolabrus adspersus, few; Tautoga onitis, common, especially in fall; Chaetodipterus Jaber, 2 adults in September; Chaetodon ocellatus, one about 75 mm. long October 18; Pomacanthus arcuatus, young example October 18; Hal isles carolinensis, adult on October 1; Stephanolepis hispidus; 2 in early September; Alutera schoepfii, small example in August, Spheroides maculatus, common; Chilomycterus schoepfi, common; Prionotus carolinus, few; P. evolans strigatus, few; Myoxocephalus octodecimspinosus, common in November; Cyclopterus lumpus, mil' aboul 75 mm. long in June; Leptecheneis naucrates, 6 in Sep- tember; Lophopsetta maculata, common; Paralichthys dentatus, 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7 common; Pseudopleuronectes americanus, common; Achirus fascia- tus, few irregularly; Astroscopus guttatus, one in September; Opsa- nus tauirequent in fall; Pollachius virens, 1 on October 10;Microgadus tomcod, common in late October and during November; Gadus callarias, one July 4 and frequent in November; Phycis regius, 4 in October; P. chuss, common in fall; Merluccius bilinearis, spring and late fall, Lophius piscatorius, common. Delaware. Mr. W. J. Fox reported a few species from Bowers Beach, July 30 and 31. Dr. Thomas Barbour gave me a list of eight species he met with off Ship John Light, August 19. With Messrs. Innes and Dorsey I visited Wyoming Pond on August 20. This is formed simply as a wide pond about a mile long, by the dam on the trib- utary of Jones Creek called Wyoming Creek. The water is still and very hard, the banks mostly of sand, shallow and sloping. Along each bank we found wide growths of aquatic vegetation, often as great mats of Ceratophyllum. In the more sheltered small coves the water was often covered with a mantle of green algae, duckweed, etc. Mr. G. MacReynolds sent some notes on food fishes he captured at Delaware City and St. Georges in 1905, interesting in comparison with present conditions. Carcharias taurus Rafmesque. About a dozen at Bowers Beach. Eulamia milberti (Muller and Henle). Small example at Ship John. Sphyrna zygaena (Linne). Small one at Bowers Beach. Raja erinacea Mitchill. One at Bowers Beach. Dasyatis say (Le Sueur). One at Ship John. Ameiurus catus (Linne). Common at Delaware City and St. Georges, reaching about 300 mm. At Wyoming Pond Ameiurus nebulosus, Anguilla rostrata and Perca flavesce?is were reported abundant. Morone americana was said to have been introduced during the past few years, prior to which none were seen for twenty years. Abramis crysoleucas (Mitchill). Abundant, all small, in Wyoming Pond. Erimyzon sucetta oblojigus (Mitchill). Young very common in Wyoming Pond. Esox americanus (Gmelin). One in Wyoming Pond. Esox tridecemlineatus Mitchill. Abundant in Wyoming Pond, 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Delaware City and St. Georges. Mr. MacReynolds found the largesl aboui 660 mm. ndulus heteroclitus macrolepidotus (Walbaum). Common at Delaware City and St. Georges. Enneacanthus gloriosus (Holbrook). Very abundant, the young everywhere in vegetation at Wyoming Pond. Lepomis auritus (Linne). Several adults at Wyoming Pond. Pomotis gibbosus (Linne). Abundant, many adults about usual color, Wyoming Pond. St. Georges and Delaware City. Micropterus salmoides (Lacepede). Common in Wyoming Pond, none over a foot in length. St. Georges. Perca flavescens (Mitchill). Very abundant at St. Georges and Delaware City, some two pounds in weight. Centropristis striatus (Linne). One at Ship John. qoscion regalis (Schneider). Bowers Beach and Ship John. luiinlivUa chrijsurn (Lacepede). Ship John. Leiostomus xanthurus Lacepede. Ship John. Micropogan undulatus (Linne). Bowers Beach and Ship John. Menticirrhus americanus (Linne). The same date last year Dr. Barbour says all the species secured this year were also found, but with the addition of the present one. Opsanus tau (Linne). Adult at Bowers Beach and few at Ship John. Maryland. During mid September Mr. H. L. Mather found a few fishes in the Little Bohemia Creek, in Cecil County. Ameiurus nebulosus (Le Sueur). Abramis crysoleuca-s (Mitchill). Notropis hudsonius amarus (Girard). Anguilla rostrata (Le Sueur). Pomotis gibbosus (Linne). Perca flavescens (Mitchill). Worom americana (Gmelin). Leiostomus xanthurus Lacepede. Small example. Gobiosoma bosc (Lacepede). November 26, Mr. R. M.Abbott secured an example of this and the following in the Rhodes River, near Mayo, Anne Arundel County. Both were found in empty oysters shells. Gobiesox strumosus ( !ope. 1922] natural sciences of philadelphia. 9 Virginia. (1) Mr. Dunn's collection from the head of the James River at Midway Mills in Nelson County, made in 1917 is the most im- portant. Ictalurus punctatus (Rafinesque). One 275 mm. Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque). Small one. Chrosomus oreas Cope. Abundant. Hybognathus nuchalis Agassiz. Eight, largest 88 mm. Semotilus bullaris (Rafinesque). Common. Largest 168 mm. Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill). Two 3'oung. Leuciscus vandoisulus Valenciennes. Thirty-three, adult with red sides. Whole upper surface of head with fine though sharp and rather sparse tubercles, each supraoccipital row distinct, though no tubercles on side of head below eyes. Abramis crysoleucas (Mitchill). Three of medium size. Notropis hudsofiius (Clinton). Nineteen, largest 58 mm. Notropis cerasinus (Cope). Very common, largest 115 mm. Notropis photogenis amoenus (Abbott). Five, largest 47 mm. Rhinichthys atronasus (Mitchill). Seventeen. Hybopsis kentuckiensis (Rafinesque). Common, largest 132 mm. Catostomus commersonnii (Lacepede). Six small ones. Catostomus nigricans Le Sueur. Four; of two larger ones one 216 mm. Catostomus rhothoecus (Thoburn) Jordan and Evermann. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 47, vol. 1,1896. p.181. "Some point in eastern Tennessee or southwestern Virginia, thought to be from French Broad River at Wolf Creek, Tennessee." Head 4f to 4f ; depth 4| to 4|; D. in, 9,i; A, in. 6,i; scales 43 or 44 in lateral line to caudal base and 3 more on latter; 7 scales above 1. 1., 6 below; predorsal scales 17 or 18; snout 2 to 2f in head; eye 3| to 4f; interorbital 2\ to 2f, moderately convex. Snout protruding beyond mouth. Width of mouth nearly \ of head. Lips with moderate plicae, lower with well marked median division. Dorsal inserted much nearer snout tip than caudal base. Anal depressed, reaches little beyond caudal base, little shorter in young. Caudal forked. Pectoral much longer than head, nearly reaches opposite dorsal origin. Ventral little shorter than head. Color in alcohol dusky-olive generally on back. Narrow blackish lateral band from snout below eye to caudal base, its upper boun- dary obscured by dark color of back and lower contrasted with bright white of entire lower surface. Within lateral band six 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV slightly deeper lateral blotches on trunk. In young these blotches obsolete. Caudal base brown. Iris brassy. Lips whitish, like under surface of head. Fins pale, dorsal and caudal slightly darker than others. Here described from 46 specimens, 48 to 120 mm. long. This species is only known from six examples previously, with unknown locality. The reference to its original description in the Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum for 1894 is erroneous, as I find no mention of it either in the volume for that year or those previously. The rediscovery of the species is therefore of some interest. Its appearance somewhat suggests Catostomus nigricans, though its greatly darker coloration above and greatly contrasted white lower regions, very large lower fins, flat or slightly convex interorbital, etc., will serve at once to distinguish it. Anguilla rostrata (Le Sueur). One adult. Lepomis auritus (Linne). One. Micropterus dolomieu (Lacepede). Two young. Hadropterus peltatus (Cope). One example. Compared with Pennsylvania examples it shows a more pointed snout. Boleosoma nigrum effulgens (Girard). In searching for some clue for the distinction of Etheostoma olmstedi Storer from Etheo- stoma nigrum Rafinesque I examined the scales of both to test how far the contentions of' Prof. Cockerell1 would hold. Evidently his materials were limited or the conclusions very hurriedly set forth. \- a fact I have found specimens, usually young or half grown, which in every way agree with his figure 16 of Boleosoma nigrum, but which are really Boleosoma olmstedi. The apical teeth of the scale, when free from the marginal membrane, is not always in- dicated in scales from Boleosoma nigrum. Such is frequently the case in Boleosoma olmstedi at all ages. The arrangement of the subapical elements below the apical denticles is also very variable and whether transversely elongated or subtriangular apparently largely a mutter of age, certainly a condition of great variation. Etheostoma longimanus Jordan, and Etheostoma podostemone Jordan and Jenkins, are both to be distinguished from Boleosoma nigrum Rafinesque, according to Jordan, and Evermann, by their much longer pectorals. Now the series of 46 examples before me from Midway Mills shows the pectoral in half the series variably longer than the head and in the other half equally shorter. I have 1 Bull. Bur. Fisher., 32, 1912 (1913). p. 157. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11 found in New Jersey and Pennsylvania examples of Boleosoma olmstedi with pectorals equally as long as the Virginian, and the variation present both in young and adult. I have seen breeding males of Boleosoma nigrum inky or entirely black. Of the numerous males of Boleosoma olmstedi the body or trunk never becomes black, usually with some brown or olive, or at least noticeably pale in contrast Moreover I have never seen a breeding male of Boleosoma nigrum much over 63 mm., while the male of Boleosoma olmstedi frequently reaches 25 mm. more. My Virginia specimens all agree at least with Arlina effulgens ( irard, which appears to be the southern representative. It approaches Boleosoma nigrum perhaps more closely than Boleoso?na olmstedi, at least in its smaller size. Poecilichthys flabellaris (Rafinesque). Two. (2) My first collecting in Virginia was in a tributary of the Dan River west of Danville, Roanoke basin in Pittsylvania County, October 21, 1921. This stream is very clear flowing over a sandy and gravelly bottom, and an excellent place to use a minnow seine. In most places it was bare of obstructions and snags, and had many pools of moderate depth. The fish were abundant mostly about the little eddies and backwater pools, especially along the bends of the stream. One deep stagnant pool, with simply a gravel bottom, yielded a great lot of fish, as here they had evidently been en- trapped during high water. Chrosomus oreas Cope. Frequent. Notropis procne (Cope). Five. Notropis ivhipplii analostanus (Girard). Series of 135, many pale and none with the blue lateral band of Notropis niveus. One example distorted with sigmoid pattern to the haemal region of vertebral column vertically. Notropis cerasinus (Cope). Very abundant. Notropis photogenis amoenus (Abbott). Very common and variable. Hybopsis kentuckiensis (Rafinesque). Abundant and all very young. Catostomus nigricans Le Sueur. Young. Ameiurus nebulosus (Le Sueur). One young. Lepomis auritus (Linn6). Young. Boleosoma nigrum (Rafinesque). One. 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV PoecilicMhys flabellaris (Rafinesque). Two small examples. Both have seven dark saddles down middle of back. (3) Tli<' same day we visited Falls Creek, also a tributary of the I )an River just east of Danville. It is very similar to the above. Fish life was also very abundant, and many large schools were found in the deeper pools. I am indebted to Mr. W. C. Hilderman, of Danville, for much assistance while collecting in Virginia. Chrosomus oreas Cope. Common. Notropis procne (Cope). Few. \ otropis whipplii analostanus (Girard). Very common, variable ( >ne adult with some white pigment in its fins. Notropis cerasinus (Cope). Head 3| to 3| depth 4 to 4|; D. in, 7, i: A. in, 8, i; scales 38 in lateral line to caudal base and 2 c on latter; <> or 7 scales above 1. 1., 4 or 5 below; 18 to 20 pre- dorsal scales: snout 3 to 4 in head; eye 2\ to 3f ; maxillary 3; interorbital 3 to Z\. Body deep, well compressed. Head compress- ed. Muzzle conic, length f to f its width. Eye moderate, less than snout. Mouth inclined, moderate, lower jaw included. Max- illary to hind nostril. Interorbital convex. Teeth 2, 4 — 4, 2. hook- ed, with strong grinding surfaces. Scales very narrowly imbricated along side- especially in costal region, small, crowded and well exposed on predorsal, breast and belly. Scales with 12 to 17 apical radiating prominent striae, circuli coarse. Upper surface and side of head above with fine sharp and rather scattered tubercles, row of larger close set ones around upper jaw edge, none on mandible, though others extended up on predorsal medianly. Color in alcohol with black or dusky markings on side very variable, usually as two or three rather large clusters. All fins with more or less orange-reel medianly, especially brilliant on anal and paired fins. Sides flushed with crimson. Very abundant, in large schools in the deeper places. Though a common species it is little known. The fully ornate males at this late season are very interesting. Readily distinguished from Votropis cornutus by the dark lateral blotches and nearly entirely red fins. Notropis coccogevis (Cope). Seven, largest 78 mm. Sometimes mandible not protruding beyond upper jaw. Notropis ariommus (Cope). Head 3f; depth 5; D. in, 7; A. in, ile- :;,.i in lateral line and to caudal base, 2 more on latter; 32 tubular scales in 1. 1.; 6 scales above 1. 1., 5 below; predorsal scales is; snoul 31 in head; eye 2f; maxillary 3; interorbital Body and head well compressed. Snout much less than width. Eye greatly larger than snout, high. Maxillary extends little beyond eve front. No barbel. Mandible 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13 slightly protrudes. Scales all broadly exposed, crowded along dark median predorsal line. Lateral line incomplete, though reaches caudal peduncle. Dorsal inserted slightly behind ventral origin. Back pale olive, scale edges dusted dusky. Underlaid leaden band from eye to caudal base, more intensified blackish dots along caudal peduncle side and at caudal base, though not forming well-defined black caudal spot. Lower parts and iris silvery- white. Fins pale. Length 45 mm. No previous notice of the occurence of this species east of the Alleghenies has been given. Notropis photogenis amoenus (Abbott). Very common. Several males with snout and dorsal fins orange-red. Hybopsis kentuckiensis (Rafinesque). Common, though all small. North Carolina. The fishes examined from this State were all obtained by Mr. Dunn in 1917, in a small tributary of the French Broad River near Brevard, Transylvania County, with the exception of one species from Linville. Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque). Abundant. Largest 128 mm. One abnormal, with hunched back. Notropis spectrunculus (Cope). Eleven examples 50 to 70 mm. The black spot at the caudal base is triangular in shape. Dr. H. M. Smith says it is "exceedingly abundant in the upper waters of the Swannanoa, but is scarce in other tributaries of the French Broad. " I have compared examples in the Academy from the French Broad in Henderson County. Notropis coccogenis (Cope). Very abundant. Specimens of all ages secured the largest 110 mm. Adult males with front edge of snout, preorbital and mandibular rami covered with small tubercles. Also inner surfaces of pectoral rays with each of larger with row of fine tubercles. In preserved examples the blackish humeral bar, band on upper portion of dorsal and submarginal cresent distinct. Notropis brimleyi B. A. Bean. Head 3f to 3f; depth 4| to 4f; D. in, 7, i; A. in, 7, i; scales 35 to 38 in lateral line to caudal base and 2 more on latter; 6 or 7 scales above 1. 1., 4 or 5 below; predorsal scales 15 to 21; snout 3 1 to 3 1 in head; eye 3 J to 3f; maxillary 2f to 2f; inter- orbital 3 to 3|. Body elongately fusiform, moderately compressed. Muzzle pointed slightly longer then eye in adult, its length about | its width. Mouth oblique, lower jaw slightly included. Maxil- lary reaches opposite front pupil edge. Interorbital little wider 1 t PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV than eye. Teeth 2, 5—5, 2, with moderate grinding surf aces. Scales largest and slightly imbricated along middle of sides. Apical marginal striae 10 to 18. Dorsal inserted slightly nearer caudal than snoul tip, nearly midway in young, slightly behind ventral origin. ( !olor in alcohol, back brown with scales distinctly dark edged, in some examples sharply so and approaching duskyor black. Leaden lateral band from shoulder to caudal base medianly, mning blackish on latter and side of caudal peduncle, so that distind Mack spol at caudal base, more or less reflected out in median caudal rays basally. Dark median line down back. Fins all pale. Iris, sides of head and lower surface of body largely whitish with silvery reflections. Many examples show edges of costal scales sharply dusky and dark oblique line from shoulder to pectoral axil. An adult male shows end and edge of snout, also sides of mandible, finely tuberculate. Thirty-three examples, 25 to 75 mm. Quite variable when preserved, especially color and size of eye. This species does not seem to have been found since described. Rhinichthys atronasus (MitchiH). Twenty-four examples, larg- esl 69 mm. Fundulus catenatus (Storer). Nine young from Linville, the only species from this locality. Poedlichthys flabellans (Rafinesque). Six. Cottus bairdii Girard. Five, largest 60 mm. South Carolina. (1). On October 19, 1921, we visited the Pacolet River above Spartanburg, in the basin of the Broad River, Spartanburg County. A1 the dam. just east of the town, this is a broad muddy stream, with many soft banks in the back-water. Below the dam we found a mass of shallow pools, with debris, snags, many large rocks, etc. Few fish were found except in the deep holes, and these all of small size. Ameiurus ruins (Linne). Young examples. Abramis crysoleucas (Mitchill). Four, mostly silvery, though otherwise very pale. Notropis hudsoiiiu-s .salurimivs (Jordan and Brayton). One example li? mm. Caudal with very pale spot. Notropis niveus (Cope). Four .small ones. Notropis scepticus (.Jordan and Gilbert). Head 3 ; to 1; depth 4 to 4§; D. in, 7, i, forward rudimentary rays abnormally i; A. in, 10, i, abnormally n, 7, and in, 2; scales 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 22 to 35 in lateral line to caudal base and 2 more on latter; 6 scales above 1. 1., 4 below, predorsal scales 15 to 18, snout 3^ to 3f in head; eye 3 to 3|; maxillary 2f to 3|; interorbital 3^ to 3f . Body well compressed, rather deep, also head. Muzzle conic, length | its width. Eye large, slightly larger than snout, less than interorbital. Maxillary reaches eye. Upper lip opposite eye center, jaws equal. Interorbital convex. Teeth 1, 4 — 4, 1, hooked, with grinding surfaces. Lateral scales rather narrowly imbricated, predorsal smaller, though without crowded appearance. Scales with 6 to 18 apical marginal striae, circuli coarse. Dorsal origin well behind ventral origin or slightly nearer caudal base than snout tip. Color in alcohol pale grayish, sides of head and lower surface with bright silvery-white tints. Median lateral plumbeous streaks along side of caudal peduncle. Edges of scales on back slightly dusky. Four examples, 55 to 65 mm. long. This is the southern deeply-bodied ally of Notropis photogenis and occurs chiefly in the Santee Basin. Though said to be abundant locally we secured only the few examples described above, all with abnormal fins and one with an abortive snout, snub-nosed. Hybopsis kentuckiensis (Rafinesque). Young one. Gambusia affinis (Baird and Girard). Very common. (2). Later in the day we visited Fair Forest Creek, also basin of the Broad River, near Arkwright, Spartanburg County. This is a clear brook where we explored, flowing over a rocky and gravelly bottom. All the rocks were of moderate size. The stream was without any submerged aquatic vegetation, except a little eelgrass in its lower reaches which contained many craw-fishes (Cambarus). Notropis lutipinnis (Jordan and Brayton). Head 4; depth 3^ to 4; D. in, 7, i; A. in, 6 or 7,i; scales 37 in lateral line to caudal base and 2 more on latter; 7 scales above 1. L, 4 or 5 below; predorsal scales usually 17: snout 3^ to 3| in head; eye 3| to 3|; maxillary 2| to 3|; interorbital 2| to 2|. Body well compressed deep. Head compressed, short. Muzzle conic, length about f its width. Eye rather large. Mouth moderate, lower jaw slightly included. Maxillary reaches eye. Interorbital convex. Teeth 2, 4 — 4, 2, hooked, with grinding surfaces. Upper surface and sides of head finely tuberculate. Scales all well exposed, slightly crowded before dorsal. Scales with radiating apical striae conspicuous, 11 to 15, circuli coarse. Dorsal origin behind ventral origin, about midway between snout tip and caudal base. Color in alcohol with all fins, at least basally, bright yellow. Males largely with body flushed with pink to reddish. Broad black lateral band very conspicuous, though best defined along caudal peduncle side; bordering above a gamboge-olive streak. Twenty examples, 47 to 53 mm. 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV This species is greatly suggestive of Notropis chalybaeus, but differs in coloration, especially its characteristic yellowish fins and broader Mack lateral band. We found it only in the deeper pools. Hybopsis kentuckiensis (Rafinesque). Very abundant. All taken are young. Lept mis auritus I Linne). Six examples, largest 85 mm. (3). October 18 we visited the Saluda River at Piedmont, in Greenville County. This muddy river for about three miles did not afford a single suitable place to operate our small seine. The bank- were steep and mostly all overgrown, and very few places even accessable from them. About a mile below Piedmont we found a small estuary, known as "Depot Branch," the only place we could examine satisfactorily. Above, Depot Branch was found to be but a small brook, partly polluted from near-by dwellings, though it contained a number of fishes. It flows chiefly through a sandy valley of cotton and corn -fields. Though we did not meet with any, eels were said to ascend its reaches. The river fishermen reported various suckers, "carps", "white-carps", chubs, cats, yellow-cats, channel-cats, crappies, sunfish, fliers, spotted-sunfish, and yellow-perch in the river. The following fishes were all obtained in Depot Branch: Schilbeodes insignis (Richardson). One 110 mm. It agrees in every way with Pennsylvania specimens. Ilifbognathus nuchalis Agassiz. Eight, largest 70 mm. Coloration very pale. Back pale olivaceous, sides and below silvery-white. Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill). Abundant, all small. Notropis niveus (Cope). Series of 270 examples, largest 57 mm. in alcohol the dark lateral streaks only distinct along side of caudal peduncle, ending in the rather faint dusky basal caudal spot. Along side medianly this streak dull blue, in life. My specimens evidently represent the Codoma chloristia Jordan and Brayton, synonym of the present species. Very abundant in large schools in the deeper pools about the more quid places. A handsome little fish, similar, or greatly like Notropis whipplii. No example in nuptial coloration met with. Notropis lutipinnis ('.Jordan and Brayton). Thirteen examples, larg out ID nun. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17 Hybopsis rubrifrons (Jordan). Five small examples, which agree with those from Toccoa Creek. Minytrema melanops (Rafinesque). Young example. Lepomis auritus (Linne). Two young. Georgia. (1). Toccoa Creek, tributary of the Chatooga River in the Tungalow River Basin, near Toccoa, Stephen County, was visited October 17. This is a stream of moderate size, with sandy and gravelly bottom. It is polluted with three local sewers, though apparently not greatly detrimental to fish-life, which was very abun- dant in the pools. Large suckers, cats, sunfish and perch were re- ported abundant. Notropis rubricroceus (Cope). Very abundant and found in schools of varying size, of from a few individuals to several hundred. We secured over three hundred specimens. In the adults snout brilliant orange. Often small examples show an orange tip to the snout, without the brilliant orange-red color of the body in general. In the young often also dorsal base, caudal and other fins all more or less tinted with pale orange. Hybopsis rubrifrons (Jordan). Head 3^ to 3|; depth 4j to 5; D. ii, 7; A. n, 7, scales 35 in lateral line to caudal base and 2 more on latter, 6 scales above 1. 1., 5 below; 14 predorsal scales; snout 3 to 3| in head; eye 3^ to 3f; maxillary 3 to 3f ; interorbital 3 to 3\. Body fusiform, moderately compressed. Head conic, scarcely compressed. Snout conic, somewhat depressed, length about § its width. Eye high, less than snout, little advanced, equals interorbital, greater than snout and interorbital in young. Mouth small, snout greatly protruding. Maxillary reaches eye, terminal barbel always con- spicuous. Interorbital broadly convex. Teeth 1,4 — 4, 1, hooked, with grinding surfaces. Scales more or less uniform, absent from breast, with 10 to 13 radiating striae, and circuli moderate. Color in alcohol with back pale olivaceous, each scale on back bordered broadly with dull dusky dots. Dusky leaden band from front of preorbital to base of caudal, where it ends in a small dusky spot. Under surface of head and trunk, below lateral band, bright silvery white. Fifty specimens, 40 to 84 mm. Abundant in the channels, associated with the other species. Compared with Hybopsis amblops, from Paint Rock, Alabama, the eye of the latter is larger, greater than either the snout or inter- orbital space. In Hybopsis rubrifrons the eye is distinctly smaller than the snout and though it often equals the interorbital is 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV usually less. Its head is also shorter and broader though Jordan and Evermann say "head long, narrower than in H. amblops."* The plumbeous median lateral band of Hybopsis rubrifrons extends indistinctly around the snout and is usually within the compass of the lateral line, ending in a dark caudal spot not es- pecially pronounced. Each scale of lateral line with a cluster of black dots, one above and the other below each tube. At this season our specimens are with pale olivaceous backs, scales dark edged and sides below bright silvery white. Fins also pale. No red. Hybopsis rubrifrons was originally described from the South Fork of the Ocmulgee River at Flat Rock in De Kalb County, based on six specimens. Its occurrence and abundance in the Savanna Basin is therefore of interest. Hybopsis kentuckiensis (Rafinesque). Very abundant. Though without ornamentation at this season all the specimens show the dorsal and anal nearly bittersweet-orange in tint, varying to more deeply in some individuals. The dark median lateral band distinct, though not conspicuous, only faintly present in the adults, the largest 116 nun. Ninety specimens. < atostomus nigricans (Le Sueur). Six largest 93 mm. Minytrema melanops (Rafinesque). Six small examples. (2). In a small tributary brook of Toccoa Creek, near Toccoa, we found many fine minnows. This stream is of rapid cold water, flowing over rocks with many cascades, riffs, and a few water-falls. Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill). One young example. Notropis rubricroceus (Cope). The most abundant species in all the rock-pools, and deeper places in the brooks. The adults, largely silvery at this time, have much the appearance of Leuciscus vandoisulus. Hybopsis kentuckiensis (Rafinesque). Seven young. Catostomus nigricans (Le Sueur). Three young. Minytrema melanops (Rafinesque). One young. On October 16, the headwaters of the Oconee River, near hula, Hall County, were visited. The stream we visited was a small clear cold spring-fed brook. It flows through bottom-lands with little incline, over gravel and red clay. In most places it is diflicult to approach, on account of thickets and shrubs. - Bull. I". s. Nat. Mus., No. 47. pt. 1, 1896, p. 320. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19 Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill). Three examples, largest 90 mm. Notropis rubricroceus (Cope). Twenty-six, largest 70 mm. The young of this species differ from those of Notropis coccogenis in the dark lateral band distinct on the head and front part of the body, also continuous around snout. Also its dorsal is flushed with orange. Our largest example in alcohol shows the back and sides forward nearly grenadine-red and rest of body more or less flushed orange. Iris tinged with orange. In life these colors were variably conspicuous, appearing only as a slight rosy flush, the general appearance of the fish bright silvery white. The dark line down the back medianly very distinct, especially on predorsal region. Hybopsis kentuckiensis (Rafinesque). Twelve examples, largest 42 mm. Compared with Susquehanna River examples in the Academy, from Pennsylvania, they agree in every way. The small blackish spot at the caudal base is present in all. Poecilichthys inscriptus (Jordan and Brayton). Head 3f to 3f; depth 5 to 5|; D. X, i, 9 or 10; A. II, n, 5, or 7, or i, 7; scales 44 or 45 in lateral line to caudal base and 2 more on latter, though only one of last tubular; 5 scales above 1. 1. to spinous dorsal origin, 7 below; 12 to 14 predorsal scales; snout 3f to 3^ in head; eye 3^ to 4|; maxillary 2>\ to 3f ; interorbital lj to 1^ in eye. Body elongated, compressed, caudal peduncle rather deep. Head large, front profile steep. Snout obtuse, length about § its width. Eye high, greater than interorbital. Mouth moderate, little inclined; lower jaw included. Maxillary reaches pupil. Interorbital nearly level. Gill-rakers 2 +7, lanceolate. Gill-membrane forms broad free fold across isthmus. Head and breast naked. Scales with 11 to 13 basal striae, apical denticles 30 to 32, their basal elements in about four series, and circuli moderate. Caudal slightly emarginate behind. Color when fresh rich olive brown above, with reddish spot on most scales. Down back six dark saddles, one just before spinous dorsal, second at front dorsal spines, third at junction of dorsals, fourth at front of soft dorsal, fifth close behind soft dorsal and sixth on caudal peduncle near caudal. On sides, mostly below lateral line row of seven dark olive blotches. Dark line from eye to snout tip, slightly on upper lip. Cheeks, opercles and anal brilliant blue green, bar below eye dusky. Fins pale, spinous dorsal with submarginal black band, below and adjoining an orange one, and each membrane dusky basally. Soft dorsal with about three pale dusky longitudinal bands, same on caudal. Pectoral tinted with dull orange basally, and six dusky cross-bars. Ventral whitish. Three examples, 38 to 65 mm. 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV This handsome little fish was found only in the ripples or little rapids. Previously only known from the type, obtained at Sulphur Springs in Hall County in 1878. I . In South Utoy Creek, basin of the Chattahoochee River, Fulton County; we fished the stream near Connally's Pond. The tributary branch from East Point is polluted. October 15 we found the pond at Connally's with a deep and soft bottom, so could not use a seine. Though individuals were abundant we found few species of fish, but suckers, blue-cats, and black-bass were reported. . 1 mi iurus nebulosus (Le Sueur). Six examples secured, the largest 78 mm., though others much larger were seen. Most were mottled with dusky, and represent Pimelodus marmoratus Holbrook, while others partly to nearly uniform. Abramis crysoleucas (Mitchill). Thirty-seven secured, largest 83 mm. All pale. Chaeriobryttus gulosus (Cuvier). Ten examples, largest 64 mm. ( 'ommon. Lepomis megalotis (Rafinesque). Ten secured, largest 113 mm. < Jommon and pale. Lejxnnis incisor Valenciennes, Three. (5). Also on October 15 we visited Pea Vine Creek, near Atlanta, Fulton ( Dunty. This is largely a depleted stream, quite rocky, and with many attractive pools. Below the waters are greatly polluted with sewage. Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque). Nine, largest 70 mm. Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill). Seven, largest 71 mm. One with deformed snub-nosed muzzle. (6). October 14 we visited Cedar Creek, tributary to the Coosa River al Nan's Valley, in Floyd County. We first examined this beautiful stream several miles below Rome, and found it rather rapid and the water irreenish in color. Shallows occur in places, with lilt's and little falls every span of a hundred yards or more. It was ,i difficult and hard day along the banks of thick vegetation, we working to Van's Valley and finally to Cave Springs. Votropis stigmaturus (Jordan). An adult 78 mm. long and two young. Though reported abundant at Rome as "spot-tail" we aw the above and a tew examples in the deep pools of Cedar The young may he distinguished from those of the following 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21 species by the larger black blotch, similar to that of the adult. Notropis callistius (Jordan). Forty-one examples. Notropis cornutus (Mitchill). Four young. Notropis chrosomus (Jordan). Five examples. In alcohol the largest shows an orange band above adjoining the dusky median band. Iris silvery-white, with slight rosy-purple tint. Catostomus nigricans (Le Sueur) Four young. Boleosoma stigmaeum (Jordan). Head 3^ to 3f; depth 5f to 6^; D. IX— i, 11; A. II, 9; scales 42 in lateral line to caudal base and 2 more on latter; tubes in 1. 1. 23 to 32; 5 scales above 1. 1., 5 below; predorsal scales 8; snout 3 1 to 3 1 in head; eye 2>\ to 4; maxillary 3^ to 3|; interorbital If to 2 in eye. Body elongate, slender, but slightly compressed. Head well compressed. Muzzle rather short, length f its width. Eye large elevated. Mouth small, lower jaw slightly included. Maxillary not quite to e}re, but little protractile. Interorbital narrow. Opercular spine moderately large. Gill-membranes deeply cleft, but slightly connected. Scales on opercles, head otherwise naked. Breast and predorsal naked. Scales with 9 or 10 basal marginal striae, apical denticles 19 or 20, rather large, with three series of basal elements, and circuli large. Caudal slightly emarginate. Color in alcohol pale brownish tessellated or speckled with deep brown to dusky above. About nine w-like marks of dusky close along and below lateral line. Six dark saddles down middle of back. Dorsals and caudal finely barred with duskjr. Dusky streak from eye to snout tip and another below eye. Two examples. This species bears a great resemblance to Boleosoma nigrum, though both specimens show two anal spines. In my series of Boleosoma nigrum there is usually but a single anal spine. Originally, described with a band of bright orange red above on the spinous dorsal. Cottus bairdii Girard. One 44 mm. This represents the Pot- amocottus zopherus Jordan, or the dark colored southern variety of the Alabama basin. Alabama. (1). We first visited Swan Lake, in Morgan County, October 10. This is a large still body of water, mostly muddy, about a mile long and a few hundred yards in width. During very high water it is connected with the Tennessee River. Polyodon spathula (Walbaum). Tail of a large example examined; caught in the lake. 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Gambusia affinis (Baird and Girard). Very common. Ambloplites rupestris (Hafinesque). Several. Chaenobryttus gulosus (Cnvier). Three secured. A common species. Lepomis incisor Valenciennes. Thirteen. Very common. Micropterus salmoides (Lacepede). Several examples, 2\ to 3 pounds, caught with plugs. 2 . In the Tennessee River above Albany, October 11, we found: Lepisosteus osseus (Linne). Saw portions of an adult example ai the ship-yard. Ictalurus punctatus (Hafinesque). Several of about two pounds. Notropis umbratilis (Girard). Ten young examples, brilliant silvery in life, seined along the river. Stizostedion canadense (Griffiths). One adult. (3). In the ponds along the river, mostly muddy, and about Albany, we found: Gambusia affinis (Baird and Girard). Very common, also the next. Lepomis incisor Valenciennes. (4). Limestone Creek, at Bellemina, Morgan County, October 12. This tributary of the Tennessee River is sluggish and rather muddy, shallow in places and with a bottom of small stones and pebbles. In pools left by floods or high water, we found many small fish entrapped. The riffs were all shallow and gradual, though shallow places scarce and hard to reach. Ameiurus natalis (Le Sueur). Two, larger 67 mm. Campostoma anomalum (Rafmesque). Thirteen. Small and dark. Hybognathus nuchalis Agassiz. One 86 mm. Pimephales notatus (Rafmesque). Eleven. Ceratichthys vigilax Baird and Girard. Three examples. Notropis coccogenis (Cope). Twenty-four. Notropis umbratilis (Girard). Eleven. This would be Notropis umbratilis fasciolaris Gilbert, though my examples differ in their normal slender body and absence of five to eight dark blue, vertical, cross-bars. Hybopsis amblops (Hafinesque). Thirteen. Minytrema melanops (Rafmesque). Five Though the largest example is only 90 mm. long, most show the dorsal and anal with brick red tints and the former black apically. Moxostoma aureolum (Le Sueur). Four, largest 75 mm. All 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23 have five to eight tubular scales in fore part of lateral line. Largest with anal and caudal tinted brick-red. Fundulus notatus (Rafinesque). Three. Gambusia affinis (Baird and Girard). Very abundant. Apomotis cyaneUus (Rafinesque). Eleven. Lepomis megalotis (Rafinesque). Four. Percina caprodes (Rafinesque). Four. Ulocentra simotera (Cope). Five. Poecilichthys maculatus (Kirtland). One. It shows: D. XII — i, 11, A. II, 10; scales in 1. 1. 52 to caudal base and 3 more on latter. Poecilichthys coeruleus (Storer). Five. (5). On October 13 we visited the Paint Rock River at Paint Rock, in Jackson County. This broad stream, tributary also to the Tennessee River, was partly clear, though muddy in places. Below the dam we found a few stony shoals, especially about the fords. A mile below were high banks, where the bottom was largely clay, and only one place with a few submerged aquatic plants. Also, in many places the shoals were full of snags. In most places the only fish were free-swimmers, as we could not drag the shoals on account of the rocks on the bottom. Ameiurus natalis (Le Sueur). Saw one dead exanple. Campostoma anomalum (Rafinesque). Fourteen examples. Pimephales notatus (Rafinesque). Ten, largest 75 mm. Opsopoeodus emiliae Hay. • Head 4; depth 4§; D. n, 8, i: A. n, 7, i; scales 35 in lateral line to caudal base and 2? more on latter; 6 scales above I. 1., 4 below; 19 predorsal scales; snout 4 in head from upper jaw tip; eye 3i; maxillary 4£; interorbital 2f. Body fusiform, com- pressed. Head compressed. Muzzle obtuse. Snout depressed, length f its width. Eye large, greater than snout, less than inter- orbital. Mouth small, cleft less than pupil, vertically oblique, mandible well protruded and snout tip level with upper part of pupil. Interorbital broadly convex. Predorsal scales little crowded, somewhat narrowly imbricated along side of trunk, moderate on breast, apical radiating striae 6 or 7, circuli coarse. Dorsal inserted little nearer snout tip than caudal base, first branched rays depressed back much further than last. Color in alcohol very pale olivaceous above, sides and below silvery-white. Dusky lateral band, made up of black dots, on preorbital and opercle to caudal base, where ending in slight dusky spot, width much less than pupil. Fins all pale, with dusky dots along bases of dorsal and anal and row down predorsal. Length 48 mm. Besides the above I examined another example in the Academy, 0 2 i PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV 53 mm. long from Beaumont, Texas. Head 4TV; depth 4; D. n, 8, r A. ii. 7. i: -rales 37 in lateral line to caudal base and 2 more on latter; 7 scales above -1. 1., 4 below; 21 predorsal scales; head width I,1 iii its total length; snout 3£; eye 3|; maxillary 4; interorbital '!}: teeth 5 — 5. N"o1 common. An interesting little fish, and is easily distin- guished among our cyprinoids by its very small mouth and strongly projecting lower jaw. Not previously known from the Tennessee River basin. Ceratichtkys vigilaz Baird and Girard. Four small examples. Notropis hoops Gilbert. Two examples, largest 55 mm. These specimens 1 questionably place with this species. They are greatly like Hybopsis amblops of equal size, though without any grinding surfaces, or only with slightly or irregular transverse grooves suggestive of erenulations. Votropis whipplii (Girard). Seven examples, largest 60 mm. Notropis coccogenis (Cope). Ten, largest 73 mm. Notropis telescopus (Cope). Thirty-one. Notropis umbratilis (Girard). Very abundant. Hybopsis dissimilis (Kirtland). Twenty-two examples, largest 84 mm. Only met with in schools, at the ford, in open shallow water. The species appears to collect in schools of moderate size, and mostly composed of individuals of uniform size. Hybopsis amblops ( Rafinesque). Twenty-two. Catostomus nigricans (Le Sueur). Three young. Moxostoma aureolum (Le Sueur). One young example. Paired fins and dorsal pale orange, tip of latter blackish. Fundulus catenatus (Storer). Adult male 90 mm. long. Associ- ated with Hybopsis dissimilis. Fundulus notatus (Rafinesque). Two. Labidesthes sicculus (Cope). Ten. Lepomis megalotis (Rafinesque). One 40 mm. Micropterus dolomieu (Lacepede). One young. l-'.lh, ostoma blennioides Rafinesque. One 52 mm. Ulocentra simotera (Cope). Head 3| to 4; depth .V, to 5|; D. X— i, 9 or r, 10; A. II, 7: scales 42 to 48 in lateral line to caudal base, and 3 more on latter^ though only one tubular; 4 or 5 scales above 1. 1. to spinous dorsal origin, snout U to 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25 forward. Head moderate, greatly obtuse. Snout obtusely convex, both in profile and over surface, length | its width. Eye anterior to head center, elevated. Mouth small, but little inclined, lower jaw slightly included. Maxillary reaches eye. Interorbital slightly concave. Gill-rakers 2+7, lanceolate, short. Gill-membrane a broad fold over isthmus. Cheeks and 'breast naked, opercles scaly. Preclorsal scales small and crowded. Scales with 10 basal radiating striae, apical denticles 23 or 24, with basal elements in 3 to 5 rows, circuli coarse. Color in alcohol pale olivaceous above generally. Down back medially nine dark brown saddles, usually alternately dark and pale. Back marked with many waved, dusky specks, bars or blotches. Along lateral line twelve vertical blotches, mostly below. Upper surface of snout speckled with dark brown, bounded below by dusky bar from close to snout tip, though above upper lip, to eye. Broader dusky bar below eye. Dorsal spines each with five broad dusky blotches, last four on membranes usually with blackish streaks parallel with spines terminally. Soft dorsal and caudal barred with dusky. Pectoral pale or only with faint bars. Five examples, 38 to 45 mm. Boleosoma nigrum (Rafinesque). Ten, all small and pale. Poecilichthys maculatus (Kirtland). Head 3£ to 3f; depth 5| to 6; D. XII— i, 11; A. II, 8 or 9; scales 46 to 53 in median lateral series to caudal base, and 3 or 4 more on latter; 38 to 41 tubular scales in lateral line, 6 above, 6 or 7 below; preclorsal scales 12 or 13; snout 3^ to 4 in head; eye 3| to 3|; maxillary 3j to 3|; interorbital 2 to 2| in eye. Body long, slender, but little compressed. Snout convex, both in profile and over surface, pointed, about long as wide. Eye advanced, elevated, nearly or quite long as snout. Mouth but slightly inclined, mandible included. Maxillary slightly beyond front eye edge. Interorbital narrowly concave. Gill-rakers 2+9, rather short, obtuse. Gill-membranes deeply cleft. Cheeks and breast naked, postocular and opercles scaled. Preclorsal scales reduced. Scales with basal radiating striae 10 or 11, apical denticles 21 to 24, with basal elements in 3 or 4 rows. Lateral line incomplete, usually not extending beyond soft dorsal, occasionally to middle of caudal peduncle side. Color in alcohol, pale olivaceous above, with six dark saddles down middle of back. Scales on back more or less bordered dusky or brown. Along sides ten or eleven w-like dusky blotches. At caudal base medianly jet-black blotch, about size of pupil. Dorsals and caudal barred with dusky. Broad dusky bar on side of snout to eye, also dusky blotch below and behind eye. Paired fins and anal pale or whitish, few dusky specks close about base of latter. Six examples, 35 to 45 mm. The Bellemina example, with ten branched anal rays is greatly suggestive of Etheostoma tessellata Storer3. Quite likely Etheostoma 3 Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 2, 1845, p. 48. Florence, Alabama. ;, 2G PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV cinereum Storer4 is .•mother synonym. According to the original account of Etheostoma maculata Kirt- land, the dorsal fins are connected and the anal has only a single spin Po( dlichthys squamiveps (Jordan). Bead 3|; depth 5; 1). XI— i, 11; A. II, 8; scales 51 or 52 in lateral line to caudal base and 3 more on latter; 5 scales above 1. 1., 7 below; predorsal scales 11 or 12; snout 4j to 4| in head; eye 3 to 3|; maxillary 3| to 4; interorbital If in eye. Body moderately long, compressed. Head obtuse, compressed. Snout convex in profile and over surface, length \ its width. Eye elevated, well advanced, greater than snout or interorbital. Mouth little inclined, small, jaws nearly even. Maxillary reaches eye. Inter- orbital shallowly concave. Gill-rakers 3+8, lanceolate, moderate. Gill-membranes broadly free across isthmus. Cheeks and opercles scaly. Breast naked. Belly scaled and predorsal scales fine. Scales with 7 to 9 radiating coarse striae, apical denticles 16 or 17. large, basal elements in 3 or 4 rows. Lateral line complete. Color in alcohol pale olivaceous above, under surface white. Down middle of back, six deep brown blotches. Along lateral line, ten dusky rings with dark bar from lower edge of each, some reaching anal and others extending over lower surface of caudal peduncle. Small blackish spot at caudal base medially, one above and another below marginally or at origin of each lobe. Deep dusky brown line from snout tip, meets its fellow above upper lip, to eye. Blackish bar below eye and blotch close behind. Max- illary end dusky and dusky bar across mandible medianly. Dorsals and caudal barred with dusky, other fins pale. Length 38 or 39 mni.. t wo examples. No mention seems to have been made, by the various writers supposed to have obtained this species, of the dark color pattern extending to the anal base and on the lower surface of the caudal peduncle. My examples appear to agree best with the original account of Etheostoma squamiceps Jordan.6 4 L. c, p. 49. Florence, Alabama. ' Boston .Tourn. Nat. Hist., 3, 1840, p. 276 PI. 2. fig. 3. Mahoning, Ohio. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 10, 1877. p. 11. Russellville, Kentucky. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27 Explanation of Plates I, II. The line accompanying each figure represents ten millimeters. Plate I. — Notropis brimleyi B. A. Bean. Notropis sceplicus (Jordan and Gilbert). Hybopsis rubrifrons (Jordan) . Notropis cerasinus (Cope). Notropis lutipinnis (Jordan and Brayton). Plate II. — Poecilichthys inscriptus (Jordan and Brayton). Boleosoma siig- maeum Jordan. Catostomus rhothoecus Jordan and Evermann. Poecilichthys maculatus (Kirtland). Poecilichthys squamiceps (Jordan). H NOTES ON THE RADULA OF THE HELICINIDAE. By H. Burrington Baker. This paper is the result of an attempt to ascertain the generic position of three species of Helicinidae, which were collected by the University of Michigan- Walker Expedition in Southern Vera Cruz, Mexico (1910). This led to the examination of the type species of characteristic examples of many of the groups of North American Helicinidae. The majority of the radulae was studied from alcoholic or dried material in the collection of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, kindly put at my disposal by Dr. H. A. Pilsbry, whose advice and criticism were of invaluable assistance. I am indebted to Mr. E. G. Vanatta and Dr. C. M. Cooke for help, especially in technique. Mr. John B. Henderson also sent me several Cuban species from his own collection. Three of the species were studied from the University of Michigan collection from Mexico, to which reference has just been made, while additional material came from a collection made in Venezuela in 1920. As the study was attempted in order to arrange Mexican forms, a synopsis of the North American mainland species is included in the notes on each group. I hope to take up the species from northern South America in a future paper. A. J. Wagner (1905, 1907-1911) made the most thorough attempt, in recent times, to arrange the species of Helicinidae. His classification is based solely on shell-characters, mainly the shape of the operculum and the position of its nucleus. Although a great advance on earlier attempts, his work is seriously marred by a general disregard of previous writers on the subject, and of the modern laws of priority. Of the 36 new group-names, proposed by him for American Helicinidae, only about 16 can be used. The embryonic operculum of the Helicinidae is spiral and its spiral nucleus is evident in the adults. Thus the adult operculum may perhaps be regarded as potentially spiral, with the rotation arrested by the shape of the aperture. The microscopic structure of the columellar margin of many species certainly adds to this impression, as the growth-lamellae are crushed and bent outwards in this region, as if they actually had resisted an attempted torsion. The position of this thickened region varies with the shape of the aperture. (29) n 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV The operculum consists of two quite distinct layers, an inner horny layer, which is often lacking in dried specimens, and an outer, calcareous one. The horny layer shows the growth-lamellae and the spiral nucleus much less distinctly than does the calcareous portion. The relative development of these two layers gives an additional character, little used by Wagner. The radula of the family has been variously described and figured but, in most cases, neither figures or descriptions are very usable. Under low magnification, it appears to consist of a narrow, trans- parent trough, with a broader, rounded ridge on each side. It is long and narrow, and in most of the species observed by me, consists of about 100 transverse rows, although the extremes show from 80 to 171. This character seems to be mainly dependent on size, and is of little value in the determination of relationships. Under higher magnification, five groups of teeth can be made out: a central group; and a lateral or capituliform complex, and a marginal group on each side. The central group consists typically of seven, very small, almost colorless teeth (Plate III) : the unpaired or rhachidian tooth and three paired centrals on each side. For brevity, in the following descriptions the unpaired central is termed the R-central (at the left hand in the figures), while the paired centrals are called the A-central, the B-central and the C-central, in order from the inside out (left to right in figures). The R-central is usually a thin and transparent plate, which is bent upwards at its distal end so as to form a broad scraping edge, or cusp. The paired centrals are variously shaped and cusped, but the A-central and B-central primitively appear more or less boot-shaped, while the C-central is usually more or less lanceolate in outline The lateral or capituliform complex consists of two structures, which are so closely united, as at first to give the impression of a -mull', large and complicated lateral (the capituliform lateral of I' ischer, (1885.)) Closer examination shows this complex to consist <>t two pieces: a comb-shaped (or T-shaped in Vianinae) lateral and ;i variously modified, outer accessory plate. The comb-lateral, as n may be termed I Plate IV, fig. 17, left), is more or less trape- zoidal or spoon-shaped as viewed from the central side, and the upper edge is thickened and reflected (Plate IV, fig. 17a). This' upper edge i^- so heavy as to appear horn-colored, even under agnification, and bears the large cusps. The outer, handle 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31 like portion (Plate IV, fig. 17b) is continuous with a thickening on the central posterior side of the tooth; this thickening runs diagonally from the base to near the inner tip of the comb-lateral. Outside of the handle-like portion is a thinner, triangular portion portion (Plate IV, fig. 17c), which fits over the inner end of the accessory plate. The anterior (upper in figures) edge of this triangular portion is often thickened and reflected, so as to form a continuation (Plate IV, fig. 17d) of that which bears the cusps. On the under-side of the comb-lateral is a saddle-shaped de- pression or hole (Plate IV, fig. 17e) dotted lines, into which fits the base of the comb-lateral next anteriad. The accessory plate (Plate IV, fig. 17, right) is a large, but usually thin and transparent, trapezoidal plate, externad to the comb-lateral. The inner end (Plate IV, 17f) fits under the tri- angular outer portion of the comb-lateral. In many species, all of the anterior edge, except that of the outer lanceolate appendix (Plate IV, 17g) is reflected to form a broad ledge (Plate IV, fig. 17h). This is often strengthened by thickenings of various shapes, and appears to form a support for the comb-lateral. In Hender- sonia and Oligyra, this reflected portion appears to form a wing, which completely invests the base of the comb-lateral so as to mask its inner cusps. In many other genera, it is much reduced and only connects with the outer prolongation of the cusp-bearing portion. In the figures where the two pieces are shown separated, the position of the inner end of the accessory plate is marked by an (x) on the comb-lateral, while that of the outer extremity of the comb-lateral is marked on the accessory plate in the same manner. The above description is based on the laterals of the Helicininae. In the group of species that center around the genus Eutrochatella (Vianinae), the capituliform complex is so highly modified as hardly to be recognizable. The accessory plate is much reduced, while the comb-lateral is represented by a large T-lateral. The latter is very much the shape of half of a mushroom. It bears a broad, reflected cusp, which is semicircular in outline as viewed from the anterior end, while the stalk portion is about at its middle. The accessory plate usually has a rather heavy anterior thickening which may form an inner hook, and fits over the outer branch of the stalk. In the normal position, the accessory plate and the outer portion # PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV of the comb-lateral are usually hidden by the overhanging mar- ginals, even after the radula is flattened out. The centrals are arranged in a slightly convex line along the bottom of the trough, already mentioned, while the accessory plate is tilted slightly dor- sad under the ends of the innermost marginals. The marginal group consists of a varying number (28 to 136 in the species studied) of ligulate teeth. The number appears to vary with the size of the species; but a considerable variation in number, among species of similar size, appears to be a matter of systematic importance. These teeth or uncini are proportionately quite large and are so heavy as to appear horn-colored. They are arranged in very oblique rows, which run posteriad from the corresponding capituliform complex. The bases (Plate III, fig. 6, 9) are broadly U-shaped, with the open portion of the U facing the outside of the radula: those of contiguous teeth nest into one another. The body of the tooth is twisted so as to bring the cusps into action. These are arranged across the tip of the tooth or down its outer side. The innermost marginal (Plate III, fig. 9) is the broadest and shortest of the entire functional series. In the species observed the length usually increases gradually toward the outside of the radula, until the longest teeth are about one-third of the way out from the center; here the teeth are from 1.5 to 2 times as long as are the innermost. Towards the outer edge of the radula, they again decrease in length, so that the outer teeth are not much longer than the innermost. The distal portion becomes more -lender in the teeth toward the outside, so that these may only be one-third as wide, near the tip, as those at the inner edge. However, the hases of the marginals are of about the same width throughout each transverse row, andthevery outermost teeth take the form of delicate, rectangular plates, as wide as the bases, and arranged almosl parallel to the long axis of the radula. In all of the species observed, the inner marginals (except sometimes the innermost one or two) has the smallest number of cusps, while the number gradually increases towards the outside of the radula. Each new cusp in the series is added to the outside of the row of cusps. I ave as high as L5 cusps on the outer, definitive teeth, and have mated, by counting portions of the total row, that some of the •road, outermosl marginals have at least 25. The cusps of these outer, scale-like teeth are so minute as to approach the limits of opic vision, which probably accounts for the statement 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33 of Troschel (1856-63) that they are without cusps. In every species that I have examined under an oil-immersion lens, they could be detected. Two lines of development appear in the structure of the marginals. The type that is here considered the most primitive is that repre- sented by Hendersonia. In this and related groups (Table I), there are a comparatively small number of teeth .with one or two major cusps and many minor ones arranged along the outside of the tip. In Helicina there is an evident tendency for the cusps to arrange themselves on the extreme tip of the tooth, while many West Indian genera show a tendency to accentuate the one or two major cusps. The climax of the first line of development is seen in H. zephyrina, where the cusps of each tooth form a nearly transverse row, with the largest teeth in the center of the terminal disc; each tooth is so twisted as to bring the transverse crown of cusps in a line nearly at right angles to the long axis of the radula. The other line of development finally results in the unicuspid inner marginals of Sioastoma and the Vianinae (Trochatella). On account of their complexity, and the vertical position of the numerous marginals, the radulae of the Helicinidae are peculiarly difficult to study. For this reason it is often necessary to examine quite a few specimens and to view the teeth in every possible position, in order to correctly interpret their shape. The best results were obtained by cutting each radula transversely into several pieces with a rather dull-edged scalpel, so as to leave torn edges. Each piece must be carefully arranged and then the cover-glass dropped on suddenly to flatten the ribbon. In order to study the accessory plate it is absolutely necessary to get a place where the marginals are missing or turned back. Separated capituliform complexes are also of great aid, although the accessory plate, and especially the wing, is only too often broken in the process. If the centrals are sepa- rated from the laterals and marginals, the cover-glass usually flattens them into a position where it is very difficult to study them. In all cases, except that of Helicina neritella, the centrals, laterals, and the tips of the marginals, are shown in the figures as nearly as possible to the natural position, so as to make the views uniform. When one becomes accustomed to the changes in apparent shape, due to different view points, the radulae of different specimens of the same species show remarkably little fluctuating variation. The centrals and laterals rarely show a variation of more than a # :;i PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV single cusp, although more commonly one or two cusps will be con- siderably reduced. However, the cusps of the centrals, laterals, i inner marginals are quite often broken or worn, so as to give an apparent variation, but an examination of all parts of the radula will easily remove this source of error. In specimens of similar size, the maximum variation in the number of marginals was •"• teeth, and part of this may have been due to the difficulty in ascertaining to which row the divergent outer teeth belonged. However, a dwarfed form of Helicina adspersa (H. a.marmorata d'Orb. +tenuilabris Pfr.) had only 80 marginals on each side, while the larger form had 106. On the other hand, big variations are fairly common. In one of the radulae of Lucidella aureola and in one of Oligyra orbiculata, two rows of A-centrals were present on each side, so that there were 9 teeth in the central group; this, if a constant character, would exclude them from the Helicinidae, as at present defined. In these cases, the outer A-central was a little smaller than the inner, and, especially in the latter species, somewhat approached the B-central in shape. In another radula of H. orbiculata, all but one of the cusps on one row of A-centrals were absent or vestigial, although the other side was perfectly normal. In a radula of Hender- sonia occulta, the seventh marginal on one side was vestigial, while an entire longitudinal row of marginals on the other side was branched, and bore from 2 to 4 quite perfect tips, each with its full complement of cusps. In a specimen of Helicina adspersa marmorata, most of the cusps were represented by mere knobs on one row of comb-laterals, although those of the other side were nor- mal. However, this type of variation comes under the heading of monst rosil ies or mutations and is very easily separated from fluctuat- ing or intergrading variation. It does not affect the use of the radula as an index of relationship, any more than the presence of gill- slits, or a fuller complement of aortic arches in an adult human being, affeel the use of these characters in the classification of vertebrates. In the following arrangement of the groups of species from the mainland of North America, the radular characteristics are listed in some detail. Opercular and other shell characters are omitted 3 used for the separation of groups; they are treated in detail by A. .). Wagner I 1907-1911). In each case the name of the group is given hist., followed by a list of synonyms. In the West Indian [1922 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35 groups, which were not studied in detail, sectional names are sometimes included as synonyms under subgenera or typical sections. Next comes a list of the species in each group from the mainland of North America, with synonomical notes, followed by a description of the radulae of examples studied. The following synoptic key shows the main distinguishing characters of the groups studied: A. Capituliform complex consisting of a comb-lateral and accessory plate Subfamily HelicininaB. B. Operculum paucispiral; radula "like Helicina" . .Bourciera. BB. Operculum subspiral to eccentric. C. Accessory plate with well-developed wing which invests the base of the comb-lateral so. as to mask its outer cusps; all paired centrals with well-developed cusps; operculum with calcareous plate quite well-developed and forming a complete operculum; horny plate thin, usually amber-colored. D. Operculum subspiral to almost concentric; cusps of centrals very well-developed; cusps of comb- lateral exceptionally long and pointed; accessory plate short and heavy with triangular wing; marginals few (39-43) Hendersonia. E. Operculum subspiral with marginal nucleus Sect. Hendersonia s. s. EE. Operculum subspiral with submarginal nucleus Sect. Miluna. EEE. Operculum -almost concentric, with nearly central nucleus Sect. Waldemaria. DD. Operculum eccentric with nucleus near middle of columellar margin; cusps of C-central somewhat reduced; accessory plate longer; marginals more numerous (52-123) Oligyra. F. A and B centrals not developing heavy backs; comb-lateral with few, sharp-pointed cusps (6-7) ; operculum light with point and corres- ponding lip-notch poorly developed Subgenus Oligyra s. s. G. A and B centrals like Hendersonia; accessory plate with wing slightly reduced, so as to show lanceolate outline jmarginals quite strictly ligulate; shell depressed with heavy lip Section Oligyra s. s. GG. A-central with tendency to reduce the number of cusps, which are borne on the extreme outer tip; marginals with wing-like expansions below the tips, and with number * 36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV of cusps increasing rapidly towards outside; shell more globose Section Siiccincta. FF. A and B centrals with heavy knob-like cusp- bearing backs; capituliform processes heavy and interlocking; marginals ligulate; operculum heavy and usually with inferior point, which fits into notch in lip Subgenus A Icadia. H. Smallish shells with notch in lip less well- developed; comb-lateral with more pointed cusps Section Idesa. HH. Larger shells with well-developed notch or lower lip of aperture; comb-lateral with large spatulate cusps: R-central longer than broad Section A Icadia s. s. CC. Accessory plate smaller with reflection (slightly de- veloped or absent) which at most only invests the outer tip of the prolongation of the thickened upper edge of the comb-lateral; centrals and opercula various. J. A-central with cusps like Oligyra, or with a thickened, cuspless cutting edge; marginals with tendency for the numerous cusps of each tip to arrange themselves in a transverse row; operculum with calcareous plate poorly-developed, often incom- plete towards palatal margin; horny plate well- developed and bright-colored, usually red Helicina. K. Marginals sickle-shaped with well developed lateral wings near tips; A-central with shelf-like projection bearing the cusps; accessory plate with small body but large lanceolate appendix, and with the reflected anterior edge forming a lather prominent shelf; operculum and comb- laterals as in Tristramia. s. s Subgenus Helicina. s. s. KK. Marginals quite strictly ligulate; A-central and accessory plate not as preceding Subgenus Tristramia. L. All paired centrals with well-developed cusps; calcareous plate of operculum usually somewhat thickened above nucleus, opaque ii ii Iky -white to bluish; shells usually with spiral s! riations -M. Comb-lateral with numerous (9-11), long, sharp cusps; shell depressed, angular to subangular Section Oxyrhombus. MM. Comb-lateral with more rounded cusps (8 LO); shell globose. ...Section Tamsiana. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37 LL. A-central without well-developed cusps; with heavy edge. N. A-central with one or two points on heavy cutting edge; comb-lateral with numerous rounded cusps; C-central with two rounded points and sometimes 1 or 2 smaller ones; operculum as in Tristramia s. s., depressed, angular, shells, usually with well-marked spiral striations Section Angulata. NN. A-central without cusps; comb-lateral with broad, spatulate cusps; operculum with calcareous plate thin, weak, and usually incomplete; globose shells, usu- ally with poorly marked spiral striations O. 4 cusps on C-central .... Section Tenuis. 00. One rounded hook on C-central Section Tristramia. JJ. A-central Alcadia-like or highly modified; marginals with tendency to reduce number of cusps and to develop one or two primary ones, with others arranged along outer side; calcareous plate of operculum usually better developed than horny plate. P. A-central hood-shaped; comb-lateral with long and pointed cusps; accessory plate large but thin Lucidella. Q. A-central with well-developed cusps on margin; C-central without lateral cusp; shell with lip entire, perforate Subgenus LindsleyaV. '. QQ. A-central without well-developed cusps on margin; C-central with accessory cusp on outside margin; shell imperforate; usually toothed R. C-central long and slender; few cusps on comb-lateral (6) ; small species Subgenus Poenia. RR. C-central broadly lanceolate ; many cusps on comb-lateral (9-10); larger species Subgenus Lucidella. PP. A-centrals not hood-shaped; comb-lateral with spatulate or very few (3) cusps; accessory plate smaller, but usually heavy. S. Paired centrals Alcadia-like; comb-lateral heavy with at least 6 cusps; inner mar- ginals bicuspid Schasicheila. T. Only few (1-4) marginals bicuspid; shells heavy, Analcadia-like; Western Cuba Subgenus Emoda. H 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV TT. More (9) marginals bicuspid, close- ranked; shell usually with upper sinus on aperture; Mexico and Guatemala Subgenus Schasicheila. <+. A-central unicuspid; B-central with 3 heavy cusps; comb-lateral tricuspid; inner 10 mar- ginals unicuspid; shell small, slightly like Schasicheila s. s. in shape Stoastoma. AA. Capituliform complex consisting of a mushroom-shaped T. lateral and a reduced accessory plate; many unicuspid marginals Subfamily Vianinae, new. B. Marginals with sharp-pointed blades; T-lateral with stalk as long as width of tooth, which is considerably smaller than central field of radula; R-central triangular-ovoid to broadly elliptic Eutrochatella. C. All paired centrals with at least three well-developed, cusps; T-lateral with cusps on margin; shells smallish quite smooth and elongate Subgenus Troschelviana, new. D. T-lateral with well-developed cusps on inner portion of margin; shell smallish, quite smooth and elongate: Section Troschelviana. DD. T-lateral with a few cusps towards outer portion of margin: shell more conoid in shape Section Cubaviana, new. CC. At least A-central without well-developed cusps; T-lateral without cusps on margin; shell with spiral sculpture.. E. B-central with 3 quite well-marked cusps; T-lateral with horny thickenings near margin which give the tooth a wavy appearance; small species Subgenus Pyrgodomus. EE. Both A and B centrals without well-marked cusps; T-lateral without sign of cusps; larger species. F. R-central broadly elliptic; operculum with nucleus near columellar margin and almost linear; de- pressed pagoda-shaped shell Subgenus Priotrochatella. IT. R-central narrowly ovoid to circular; operculum with nucleus nearer center Sul. genus Eutrochatella; Sections Ustronia, Excavata, Eutrochatella. BB. Marginals with tips more rounded; T-lateral with short, -tout stalk, and broad, semicircular cutting edge, so ih.it entire tooth is almost or fully as large as the central field of the radula (7 teeth); R-central more or less shield-shaped with scallops on lateral margins; paired centrals and T-lateral without cusps. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39 Table I. Relations of Helicinid Groups. Wing on accessory plate Spiral Excentric operculum operculum Ho wing on accessory plate Primitive More modified centrals. centrals. w o c o 9, < v> OP p.6 H- CD p . h* "^ P SO 1-bKJ CD 5 a, B CD po B B B CD p hi (B p P H CD p o O (-*• H*.P CO p t-t-W M k* co co w fc» • ominance of hornj tricuspid with on outside «tct(D t>^ l-» <-i 4HO >P V p P 9 O to POM Hj < (D CD co a 3 H »P M P CO <+ro d |-» a> P* B 0<} M CD c+« H-«< B CD P co o Co o CD Pa MD M CO •4 rh • CD O • * 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV G. A-central very large; B and C centrals especially re- duced: many marginals (100) with rather long blades; R-central with rounded base; shell large, globose, that of male with a sinus on outer lip; operculum with heavy calcareous plate Viana. Cuba. GG. All paired centrals more nearly uniform in size; few marginals (28) with short, broad blades; shell de- pressed, angular; operculum linear, with horny plate dominant Calybium. Indo-China. H. Shell with columellar folds, radula unknown Subgenus Calybium s. s. HII. Shell without columellar folds; radula as above Subgenus Geotrochatella. Genus BOURCIERA Pfr. Ecuador. Bourciera Pfr. (1851). Type B. helicinaeformis Pfr. (1851). Bourcieria auct., not of Bonaparte (1850), in birds. Pseudhelicina Sykes (1907). Proposed new name for Bourcieria auct.; not Pfr. Bourciera, omitted from Wagner, has a paucispiral operculum. Troschel (1856-63) describes and figures the radula of the type species and remarks: "In regard to the structure of the radula, the genus Bourciera belongs to the Rhipidoglossa, and indeed to the family Helicinacea; in fact it agrees so with Helicina itself, that a difference in the dentition can hardly be stated" (trans- lation). His figure does not show definitely the structure of the capituliform complex, which I regard as especially important in the determination of relationships, but the centrals and marginals appear quite similar to those of Hendersonia, and I believe the i wo groups will be found to be quite closely related. There can be no doubt of its position in the Helicinidae. Unless the structure of the operculum is secondary, this is pro- bably the most primitive member of the family. As it is the only genus confined to South America, and none of the other genera appear to have developed very distinct groups on this continent, it seems as if all of the South American Helicinidae are probably quite recenl immigrants from the north and that Bourciera, like the llama amongst the mammals, is a survival, in the Andes of Ecuador, of a primitive type, which disappeared from its original oearctic or holarctic home after its invasion of this new territory. This idea is further substantiated by the total absence of the Helicinidae from Africa and the paucity and Oriental type of the A.us1 mli.iii species. Probably it is safe to state that the Helicinidae 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41 were absent from the ancient Atlantic or Antarctic continents, or, if present, have left no modern descendants. Genus HENDERSONIA A. J. W. United States, China, Japan. Apiopomatinae A. J. Wagner (1905). No possible type genus. Section Hendersonia s. s. United States Hendersonia A. J. Wagner (1905). Type (monotype) Helicina occulta Say (1831). Subfossil, New Harmony, Indiana. H. occulta (Say) (1831). Subfossil, New Harmony, Indiana. (North-eastern U. S.). H. rubella Green (1832). Alleghany County, Pa., U. S. (living or fresh). Section Miluna A. J, W. S. China. Miluna A. J. W. (1905). Type (monotype) M. josefinae A. J. W. (1905); Radung-Hubei. Section Waldemaria A. J. W. Japan. Waldemana A. J. W. (1905). Type H. japonica A. Adams (1861). Japan. In this genus the radulae of H. occulta (Say)1 and H. japonica (Adams)2 were examined. The formulae are shown in Table II. In this table, under the headings "A, B and C Centrals" (the R-centrals are omitted as they usually have no true cusps) are given the number of cusps on each tooth for. the various species. Under the heading "Comb-lateral" are given the number of cusps on that tooth. Under the heading " Marginals, " the subheadings "2, 3, 4, 5, 6" indicate numbers of cusps; under each of these subheadings is given the number of teeth that bear the complement of cusps indicated. Where the inner teeth bear more cusps than some further out; these interstitial few-cusped teeth are put in their proper column but are marked with an asterisk, while the two groups of teeth with one more cusp, situated on either side of them, are put in their proper column but the first and second groups are separated by a plus sign. For instance, A. verecunda has 4 cusps on the inner most marginal (1 in 4-column), followed by 2 teeth with 3 cusps each (2 followed by an asterisk in 3-column), which in turn are followed by 3 more teeth with 4 cusps (+ 4 in 4-column). Under the heading "Total" are given the number of marginals on each side; under "Grand Total" are given the usual number of teeth in each transverse row. In H. occulta, the R-central (Plate III, fig. 1) is peculiarly attenu- *5 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 10593; collected at Iowa City, Iowa, by B. Shimek (1891), and H. A. Pilsbry (1882). 2 2 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 84383; collected at Sotokaifui, Sado. Japan, by Y. Hirase (1902). 12 PRO< EEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV ate basally. As remarked in the key to the groups, the cusps of the paired centrals, and especially those of the C-central, are larger and better-developed than in any other group; in fact the whole central group is large in comparison with the rest of the radula. The comb-lateral has comparatively few cusps, but these are large, and exceptionally long and well-pointed (Plate IV, fig. 10). The accessory plate is heavy bu1 short, and has horn-colored thickenings along the inner end and down the middle, while in most of the nearly related groups it is comparatively transparent. The re- flected wing is large and triangular, although much shorter (trans- versely) than in Oligyra. The marginals are practically the same shape as those of 0. orbiculata. All are evenly ligulate, with a decided tendency for the cusps to be arranged on the outside of the tips. The radula of H. japonica is not figured as it is practically identical with that of H. occulta. One more cusp on the B-central was noted in one radula of H. japonica but it was absent in the other radula examined. This species also showed a slight tendency to increase the number of cusps on the marginals more rapidly than did //. occulta (see Table II). This practical identity of the radulae, despite the divergence in opercula, is the reason for the inclusion of Waldemaria as a section in the genus Hendersonia. I am very doubtful if Miluna even deserves sectional rank, but have seen no specimens. Table II. Radular Formulae in Hendersonia and Oligyra. Centrals Comb Marginals Grand A H C Lateral 2 3 4 5 6 Total Total. II- occulta 5 5 4 6 7 5 5 5 39-40 89-91 H. japonic 5 5-6 4 6 5 7 5 5 42-43 95-97 A.verecunda 7 8 4 10-11 1* 2+3 4 3 50 111 0. orbiculata 4 6 4 6 3 4 10 7 52 115 O.convexa 4 6 4 7 1* 2+3 2 2 4 81 173 O.f.strebeli 5 8-9 4 7 3 4 3 3 58-62 127-134 O.o.coccinostoma.... 4 7 4 7 5 3 3 3 90 191 0. cacaguelita 2? 4 4 7 4 6 2 4 95 201 O.riparia 5 5 4 9-10 7 6 5 73 157 0. rotunda. 4 5 4 7 1 10 7 82 175 O.palliata 5 5 4 8 10 5 4 5 123 257 rhe radula of Hendersonia is very close to that of Oligyra, and the separation of the two, on this basis alone, might be rather However, the shell-characters of Hendersonia^ its wide tion, and its significance as a primitive, holarctic group 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43 certainly demands it generic recognition. It seems that Hendersonia is a primitive genus which once had a wide holarctic distribution, but which only survives in a few localities in Asia and North America. The case of the giant salamander amongst the amphibians (Ohio River, U. S.; and Japan) appears to be analogous. In this connection the genus Dawsonella Bradley (1872), from the Car- boniferous of Indiana, is at least interesting. If it actually belongs in the Helicinidae, the circular aperture would seem to indicate that it probably possessed a spiral operculum. An additional reason for the position of Hendersonia as a primi- tive group, was found in the study of the radula of Aphanoconia (Sphaeroconia) verecunda (Gould)3. This radula (Plate V, fig. 23) is also quite close to that of Hendersonia, but its divergence is along different lines from that of Oligyra, and apparently denotes a divergent line of evolution. The large number of cusps on the peculiar paired centrals (Table II), the long comb-laterals with numerous pointed cusps, the exceptionally long accessory plates with somewhat reduced wings, and the very long and slender marginals give an assemblage of characters that separate this group from any American one that I have examined. H . verecunda Gould (1859) is here chosen as the type of Sphaeroconia A. J. Wagner (1909). Verecunda A. J. W. (1909) is an exact synonym. Pilsbry and Cooke (1908) have described the radulae of H. baldwini, uberta, laciniosa, and rotelloidea from Hawaii, and figured those first and third. From their studies, it appears that the radula of Sturanya Wagner (1905) (Type H. laciniosa Mighels, 1845) is very close to that of Sphaeroconia, but that the radula of Oro- bophana Wagner, 1905 (type H. uberta Gould, 1847), as they point out, is considerably different. Genus OLIGYRA Say. Tropical and Subtropical America. Subgenus OLIGYRA s. s. Same distribution. Section Oligyra s. s. United States; New Mexico, Bermudas etc. Olygyra Say (1818). Type (monotype) O. orbiculata Say (1818). Easte/n Fla., U. S. Oligyra Say (1819). Emended form of preceding; emended by Say himself. Orbiculata A. J. Wagner (1905). Type (by tautonomy) O. orbiculata Say (1818). 3 1 dried specimen; A. N. S. P. no. 78852; collected at Ryukyu, by Y. Hirase (1900). 44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV ? Subglobulosa A. J. W. (1905). " Tvpe (by tautonomy) H. subglobulosa Poey L852 Cuba. O. orbiculata orbiculata Say (1818). Mouth St. Johns R., Fla. (s. U. S.). ?? //. ambeliaw Sowerby (1842). ?? //. yestffa "Guild." Sowerby (1842). X. A. Young shell; might be any helicinid. H. hanleyana Pfr. (1849). New Orleans, La., U. S. #. snhnrlnfu.lt, i and #. subtropica appear to be Ms. names. O. orbiculata tropica ("Jan" Pfr.) (1850).Tampico, Mex. (and s. w. U. S. ). O. orbiculata clappi (Pilsbry) (1909). Central and Eastern Fla. VO. borealis (von Martens) (1890). Villa Lerdo, Durango, Mex. O. cordillerae ("Salle"Pfr.) (1857). 3500 meters, Mt. Orizaba, V. C. Mex. O. convexa (Pfr.) (1849). Bermuda Islands. In this typical section, the radula of the type species,5 and that of 0. convexa* have been examined. The radular formulae are given in Table II. The centrals of 0. orbiculata (Plate III, fig. 2) are similar to those of Hendersonia, but the R-central has a less attenuate base, and the C-central has considerably smaller cusps. The comb-lateral is somewhat lighter, while the accessory plate is both lighter and much more elongate transversely (Plate IV, fig. 11). The wing is somewhat reduced, and gives a lanceolate outline. The marginals are very close to those of Hendersonia, but are slightly more numerous. The radula of 0. convexa is not figured, but it is very close to that of 0. orbiculata. The formula is given in Table II. The shell of 0. convexa is also very similar to that of 0. orbiculata; it is of the same depressed form and has a similarly thickened peris- tome. In this connection, a number of Antillean species, included by A. J. Wagner in the sections Subglobulosa and F estiva, need examination. Many of them have the calcareous, light-colored opercula of this group. This group has many primitive characters, but in the reduction of the wing on the accessory plate, slightly approaches Oxyrhombus of Helicina. Its closest relatives are in the section Succincta, thru which it is connected with Alcadia. As indicated in the relation- ship diagram in Table I, it probably represents a primitive stock near the ancestral line of the genus Helicina. The distribution of the species appears to sustain this idea, If the Antillean species 1 < (roups preceded by a question-mark are those of which I have not examined the radula; species preceded by a question-mark are those I have not seen; in the latter, 2 question-marks indicate considerable doubt as to its position or specific rank. 5 alcoholic specimens; A. X. S. P. no. 91705; collected near Frierson, La., by l>. S. Frierson I L906). alcoholic specimens; A. X. S. V. no. X5558; collected on flats near Frascati Hotel, Bermuda, by A. Gulick (1903). 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45 actually belong here, this section will be represented around the main West Indian centers of evolution, but is best represented in places where it does not come into competition with the more advanced types of the Helicinidae. Section Succincta A. J. Wagner. Mex. to S. A. Succincta A. J. W. (1905). Type (by tautonomy) H. succincta von Mar- tens (1890). Mexico. Gemma A. J. W. (1907). Type (by tautonomy) H. gemma Preston (1903). Costa Rica. Not Gemma Deshayes (1853) teste Fischer (1885). O. arenicola (Morelet) (1849). Sisal, Yucatan. O. arenicola raresulcata (Pfr.) (1861). Vera Cruz, Mex., sandy. O. arenicola succincta (von Martens) (1890). Cordova, V. C, Mex. O. flavida flavida (Menke) (1828). Described as from Jamacia, but not since found there. Generally recognized as Guat. ??? H. ambieliana Boissy (1835). Tobago, Antilles; more probably near H. fasciata Lam. H. trossula Morelet (1849). Vera Paz, Guatemala. .^O. flavida brevilabris (Pfr.) (1857). Guatemala. A larger form. ? H. microdina incommoda A. J. W. (1905). Guatemala. O. flavida strebeli (Pfr.) (1861). Mirador, Vera Cruz, Mex. O. oaxacana (Pilsbry) (1920). Puerto Angel, Oaxaca, Mex. ? H. microdina A. J. W. (1905, 1910), not Morelet (1851). Vera Paz, Guat. O. fragilis fragilis (Morelet) (1851). Peten, Guatemala. O. fragilis elata (Shuttleworth) (1852). Cordova, Vera Cruz, Mex. O. fragilis merdigera (" Salle "Pfr.) (1855). Vera Cruz, V. C, Mex. ? H. mohriana Pfr. (1861). Orizaba, Vera Cruz, Mex. (intermediate between two). O. oweniana oweniana (Pfr.) (1849). Chiapas, Mex. O. oweniana coccinostoma (Morelets) (1849). Vera Paz, Guat. (very close). ? H. anozona von Martens (1875). Coban, Guat. (color form). O. beatrix beatrix (Angas) (1879). Costa Rica. ?0. beatrix nicaraguae (A. J. W. ) (1908). Nicaragua. ??0. beatrix confusa (A. J. W.) (1908). Costa Rica, (figure looks more like next). O. gemma (Preston) (1903). Costa Rica7. In this section, the radulae of 0. flavida strebeli*, 0. oweniana coccinostoma? , and a form near 0. cacaguelita (Pilsbry and Clapp) (1903)10 have been examined. The radular formulae of all three forms are shown in Table II, while the first two species are figured. Theradula of 0. flavida strebeli (Plate III, fig. 3; Plate IV, fig. 12) is very similar to that of Oligyra s. s., but shows a divergence in the 7 H. autoni Pfr. (1848) was described originally without habitat; in Chemnitz it is figured with the habitat Sandwich and Gambier I. (South Pacific); while in 1852, the habitat is given as Honduras. From the figure and description, I doubt if it is an American shell, but consider it near H. pazi " Hidalgo "Crosse (1S65), also from the same general region as the habitat given in the second paper. 8 1 alcoholic and 5 dried specimens; collected on IT. of Mich. -Walker Exped. in Vera Cruz Mex.; Hacienda Cuatotolapam, Canton Acayucan (1910) 9 1 dried specimen; A. N. S. P. no. 107628, collected in mts. w. of Livingston, in Guat. by A. A. Hinkley (1913). 10 2 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 146582; collected at Cincinnati, Sierra Santa Marta Colombia, by Rehn and Hebard. (1920). |li PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV better development of the wing on the accessory plate, which is more like thai of the subgenus Alcadia. The centrals are closer to those of Oligyra s. s., as is also the comb-lateral. As shown in The synoptic key, the especial characteristics of this group are: the wing on the marginals, the increased number of teeth, and the tendency for the cusps on the A-central to be reduced to a small number at the extreme outer tip. This last character and the wing mi the marginals, which is shown in the figure of 0. oweniana coccinostoma (Plate V, fig. 24), separate Succincta from all other groups. In 0. cacaguelita, the A-central has a triangular expansion of the tip, similar to the other species, but the cusps are either pracl ically absent or are very much worn in the species, as compared to 0. f. strebeli, is probably correlated with the difference in size. All of the species show a tendency to increase the number of the cusps on the marginals very rapidly. 0. cacaguelita is the only South American species that I can place definitely in this group. The section Tamsiana, which Wagner places very near his section Gemma, appears from the radula, and also from the texture of the operculum, to be a section in Helicina. Subgenus ALCADIA Gray. West Indies to So. America. Alcadia Gray (1840). Type H. major Gray (1825). Jamaica. Eucaladia, Eualcadia A. J. W. (1907). Type (used as Alcadia s. s.) H. major Gray. Palliata A. J. Wagner (1907). Type (by tautonomy) H. palliata C. B. Adams (1849). Jamaica. ?Hispida A. J. W. (1907). Type (by tautonomy) H. hispida Pfr. (1839). Cuba." ? Intusplicata A. J. \V. (1907). Type (by tautonomy) H. intusplicata Pfr. (1850). Haiti. Incrustata A. \V. (1907). Type (by tautonomy) H. incrustata "Gund." Pfr. (1859). Cuba. A. .1. W. (1907). Type (by tautonomy) H. sericea Drouet (1859). ( 'avenue. Section Idesa II. and A. Adams. West Indies. Tdesa II. and A. Adams (1X56). Type (Fischer1") H. rotunda d. Orbigny (1845). Cuba. •'"' last three sectional names are included simply for completeness; they may represent perfectly valid groups. I ischer (1885) names the type of the genus Helicina, and then gives', in parentheses and without remark, examples of each group. However, he seems ike an attempt to name the types, as in the first group they are correctly For this reason, I have chosen, as far as possible, his examines as types oi each group. Emoda II. and A. Adams is an exception, as A. J. Wagner, con- trary to his usual habit, uses this group in an emended sense. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47 Leialcadia A. J. Wagner (1907). Type (now chosen, as used by author as Idesa) H. rotunda d. Orbigny (1845). Nitida A. J. W. (1907). Type (by tautonomy) II . nitida Pfr. (1839). Cuba. Megastoma A. J. W. (1907). Type (by tautonomy) H. megastoma C. B. Adams (1849) Jamaica. Not Megastoma Morris and Lycett (1850), Costa (1850), nor Swainson (1837). Mamilla A. J. Wagner (1907). Type (by tautonomy) A. mammilla Weinland (1862) (A. mamilla A. J. W.). Not Mamilla Tryson (1883), emendation of Mammilla Schumacher (1817). ? Bellula A. J. Wagner (1907). Type H. bellula "Gund." Pfr. (1859) Cuba. ? Ampliata A. J. Wagner(1907). Type H. ampliata C. B. Adams (1850). Jamaica.13 Section Analcadia A. J. W. Antilles to Central America. Analcadia A. J. W. (1907). Type (now chosen) H. dysoni Pfr. (1849). Cumana, Venezuela. ?0. dysoni bocourti (C. and F.) (1869). Belize, Honduras. ??0. dysoni diaphana (Pfr.) (1851). Honduras (small, angulate form). ?H. dysoni jasoni von Martens (1890). Isle Bonacca, Honduras. ???0. sanguinea (Pfr.) (1849). Honduras (Dyson). Probably an Antillean species. In this subgenus the radulae of C. palliatau, O. rotunda15, and O. riparia (Pfr.)16 were examined. All are included in Table II, but only 0. palliata is figured (Plate V, fig. 25) here. The differences are indicated in the synoptic key, and in Table II. Except for the broad R-central of O. dysoni, they differ mainly in size. From the indications given by these few radulae, Alcadia appears very close to Oligyra s. s. A. J. Wagner (1907) has shown in his study of the opercula and shell characters, that the Mexican species, which he groups around O. gemma, are connected, in these parti- culars, by an intergrading series with the typical forms of Alcadia. In the radulae, the biggest break comes between the West Indian forms and those of the mainland (exclusive of Analcadia). Never- theless, the whole group of radulae, included here in the genus Oligyra, form a very closely related group, separated from other genera by quite distinctive characters. It is true that the subgenus Alcadia and the subgenus Oligyra appear to represent the basal members of two diverging lines of evolution, but at present it would be extremely difficult to name any very definite characters for their separation. 13 The last two sectional names can be used. 14 2 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 101204; collected at Somerset, Manchester, Jamaica by A. P. Brown (1910). 15 1 dried specimen; A. N. S. P. no. 77022; collected at Marianao, near Havana, Cuba, by S. N. Rhoads (1899). 16 2 alcoholic specimens; collected for Univ. of Mich. Museum, near La Fria, Estado Tachira, Venezuela (1920). 48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Genus HELICINA Lamarck. Tropical America. Subgenus TRISTRAMIA Crosse. Mainland. ion ( )\ vrhombus C. and E. Mexico to South America. Oxyrhombus Crosse and Fisher (1893). Type (now chosen) H. amoena (1849). Honduras. Conr.nl run A. J. \Y. (1905). Type (by t autonomy )H. concentrica Pfr. 1849 1. Merida, Venezula. ctisalcata A. J. W. (1905). Tvpe (by tautonomy) H. punctisulcata von Martens (1890). Punctisulcata A. J. W. (1910). Corrected form of preceding. CincteUa A. J. W. (1910). Type (by tautonomy) H. cinctdla Sh. (1852). Mexico. Not CincteUa Monterosato (1884). H. cinctella cinctella Shuttleworth (1852). Orizaba. Mex. //. botteriana Pfr. (1856). Orizaba, Mexico. ?H. cinctella bautistae A. J. W. (1910). Tabasco, Mex. "H. panctisulcata punctisulcata von Martens (1890). Omiltem, Guerrero, 8000 ft. //. pwnclisalcata A. J. W. (1905). ??H. punctisulcata zunilensis A. J. W. (1910). Zunil, Guatemala. H. amoena Pfr. (1849). Honduras. (Mex. to Panama). II. pnrpnrcojltirii Mt relet (1849). Guatemala. H. sowerbyana Pfr. (1849). Guatemala??? Victoria, Tamaulipas, Mex. (Pilsbry). H. ghiesbreghti Pfr. (1857). Chiapas, Mexico. //. ghisbrechti, ghisbrecti, ghiesbrechti, ghisbreghti, auct. IV. H. sinuosa Sowerby (1866) and A. J. Wagner (1910)17. In this group, the radulae of H. amoena18, H. cinctella11*, and H. concentrica,20 have been examined. The radular formulae of all three species is given in Table III, while that of H. amoena is figured (Plate III, fig. 8; Plate IV, 15). Especially noteworthy are the well-developed, sharp-pointed cusps on the A and C centrals, and the numerous pointed cusps on the comb-lateral. The narrowly reflected border of the accessory plate simply joins the outer continuation of the cusp-bearing portion of the comb-lateral. The "handle" of the comb-lateral had a peculiar lamellar thickening where it crosses obliquely the basal, spoon-shaped portion on the tooth. On superficial examination, this might easily be mistaken for a wing to the accessory plate. Although there is considerable break between the radula of this group and that of Oligyra s. s., the operculum shows intergrading characters. The horny portion is Helicina-like in Oxyrhombus, but the calcareous portion is usually somewhat thickened, especially 'As pointed oul by yon Martens (1890), this is certainly not H. sinuosa Pfr. L850). Wagner gol bis specimens from Sowerby and Fulton. Iried specimens; A. X. S. P. no. 114S2S; collected at Gualan, Guatemala, by S. \. Rhoads. .' dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 14577; collected in Mexico, by Salle ! alcoholic specimens; collected for Univ. of Mich. Museum, near La Fria, • Tachira, Venezuela. V 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49 over the nucleus; this thickening is peculiarly dead- white to bluish. Probably most of the rather elevated, carinate or subcarinate species of HeMcina of the Andes belong here. I hope to treat them more fully in a future paper, as I have a number of specimens from the foot-hills of the Andes, near the Venezuela-Colombian border. Section Tamsiana A. J. W. Northern South America. Tamsiana A. J. W. (1907). Type (by tautonomy) H. tamsiana Pfr. (1850). Venezuela. In this section, the radulae of H. tamsiana appuni von Martens (1873)21 and H. nemoralis Guppy (1866)22 have been examined. I expect to describe them more fully in a future paper, as I have numerous specimens of this group, from various localities in the Cumbres Mts., Venezuela. The radular formulae are shown in Table III. Although nearest Oxyrhombus, both in shell and radular characters, this group shows certain resemblances to HeMcina s. s., on account of the more rounded cusps on the comb-lateral and the rather peculiar development of the A-central. The marginals are strictly ligulate. The operculum is similar to that of Oxyrhombus in tex- ture, but H. sanctaemarthae Pilsbry and Clapp (1902), which probably belongs here, has the best development of the calcareous plate that I have seen in any true Helicina. Section Angulata A. J. W. 1905. South America to Central America. Angulata A. J. W. (1905). Type (by tautonomy) H. angulata Sowerby (1842). Brazil. Variabilis A. J. W. (1905). Type (by tautonomy) H. variabilis Wagner (1827). Brazil. ?H. candeana "d'Orbigny" Sowerby (1842). Bay of Honduras.23 ?H. oxyrhyncha Crosse and Debeaux (1863). Habitat ??. A little larger shell.. ?H. oxyrhinca of authors. ??H. rhynchostoma from Central America, of authors. ?H. pterophora Sykes (1902). Guatemala24. ?H. oxyrhyncha Wagner (1910). Isle of Bonacca, Bay of Honduras25. 21 2 alcoholic specimens; collected for Univ. of Mich. Museum, near Palma Sola, Estado Falcon, Venezuela (1920). 22 1 dried specimen; A. N. S. P. no. 14610; collected (by Guppy?) in Island of Trinadad. 23 Not in d'Orbigny (1835 or 1837). As Sowerby says this shell is smooth, it cannot be candeana of authors, from Venezuela (Cf. H. rhynchostoma ernesti von Martens (1873), as that form has 'very evident spiral striaticns. 24 Ancey (1904) says this is identical with oxyrhyncha; the figures and des- cription certainly coincide very well with candeana. 25 There may be a mainland and an insular subspecies, but they are not separ- able from the descriptions or figures. 50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV In this group, the radulae of H. caracolla Moricand (1836)26 and that of H. rhynchostoma ernesti von Martens27 have been examined. The formulae are given in Table III, and I expect to study the group more thoroughly in the near future, as I have many specimens from the Cumbres Mts., and Aroa Valley, Venezuela. The radula of this group like the shell-characters, are more or less transitional between Oxyrhombus and Tristramia s. s. The A-central has a heavy cutting edge, which is without cusps in the specimen of ernesti examined, but usually bears one or two heavy, irregular points in caracolla. The C-central has two large, rounded, hook-like points and in caracolla has one or two minor points in addition. The single Central American species appears closest to H. rhynchostoma "Sh." Pfr. (1865), but also resembles con- siderably H. rostrata Morelet, as pointed out by Crosse (1863). Section Tenuis A. J. W. Mexico to Central America; South America. Tenuis A. J. W. (1910). Type (by tautonomy) H. tenuis Pfr. (1849). Mexico. H. tenuis tenuis Pfeiffer (1849). Yucatan. Mexico. H. vernalis Mo. (1849). Peten, Guatemala. H. lindeni Pfr. (1849). Tapinapa, Mexico. H. chiapensis Pfr. (1856). Chiapa, Chiapas, Mexico. H. lindeni minor Ancey (1886) Honduras. H. lindeni ver apazensis A. J. W. (1905). Vera Paz, Guatemala. ?H. tenuis pittieri A. J. WT. (1910). Rio de los Plutimales, Golfe Dolce, Costa Rica. ??H. senachuensis A. J. W. (1910). Senachu, Guatemala. H. delicatula delicatula Sh. (1852). Cordova, Mex. //. heloisae "Salle" Pfr. (1856). Cordova, Mexico. H. delicatula notata "Salle" Pfr. (1856). Cordova, Mex. ?H. durangoana durangoana Mousson (1883). Durango, Mex. ?H. durangoana sagulensis A. J. W. (1910). Jalisco, Mex. The radula of the type species23 was examined, and the radular formula is given in Table III. It differs from that of H. zephyrina by the presence of 4 small cusplets on the C-central, but agrees with it in the lack of cusps and the development of the thickened cutting edge of the A-central (Plate III, fig. 7; Plate IV fig. 14). The cusps of the marginals are not arranged as completely on the tip of the tooth as in H. zephyrina. Section Tristramia s. s. Mexico to Colombia. Tristramia Crosse (1863). Type (monotype) H. salvini Tristram (1861). Guatemala. !6 2 dried specimens A. N. S. P. no. 14622; collected in Brazil, by J. C. Anthony. 27 1 alcoholic specimen; collected for the Univ. of Mich. Museum, at Palma Sola, Estado Falcon, Venezuela (1920). 28 4 specimens; University of Mich.- Walker Expedition to Southern Vera Cruz, Mexico; Hacienda Cuatotolapam, Canton Acayucan. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51 Caloplisma C. and F. (1893). Type (monotype) H. rostrata Morelet (1851). Guatemala. Retorquata A. J. W. (1905). Type (first species) H. zephyrina Duclos (1833). Mexico. Turbinata A. J. W. (1905). Type (by tautonomy) H. turbinata "Wieg. Menke" Pfr. (1846). Mexico. Rostrata A. J. W. (1905). Type (by tautonomy) H. rostrata Mo. (1851). Not Rostrata Gray (1855). H. rostrata rostrata Morelet (1851). Vera Paz, Guatemala. H. salvini Tristram (1861). Coban, Guatemala. H. rostrata simplex C. and F. (1893). H. dalli "Bartsch" Fluck (1906). Wani, Nicaragua (bare name). ?H. rostrata mategalpensis A. J. W. (1910). Matagalpa, Nicaragua. H. rostrata denticulata Pfr. (1855). Honduras. H. funcki funcki Pfr. (1849). S. Yago, New Granada. H. funcki costaricensis A. J. W. (1905). San Jose and Santa Clara, Costa Rica. ?H. funcki pitalensis A. J. W. (1910). El Pital, Rio Naranjo, s. w. Costa Rica. H. funcki parvidens Pilsbry (1920). Juen Vinas, 3000-3300 ft., Costa Rica. H. zephyrina zephyrina Duclos (1833). Tampico to Nicaragua. H. turbinata "Wieg. Menke" Pfr. (1848). ?? H. ambeliana Sowerby (1842). ? H. sinuosa Pfr. (1850). Mexico? Monstrosity? ? H. sandozi Sh. (1852). Monstrosity. H. berendti Pfr. (1861). Vera Cruz, Mex. Excavatoangulate var. of Mart. (1908). H. turbinata minima Strebel (1873). Not H. minima d'Orb. (1845). H. zephyrina elatior "von Marten" C. and F. (1893) = higher race. ??H. zephyrina deppeana von Martens (1863). Oaxaca, Mex. H. zephyrina dientensis Pilsbry (1903). Diente, Nuevo Leon, Mex. H. chrysocheila chrysocheila A. Binney (1851). s. w. U. S (Tex. to N. Mex.). H. chrysocheila shuttleworthi von Martens (1890). Cordova, V. C, Mex. H. chrysocheila Sh. (1852), not Binney (1851). H. chrysocheila vanattae Pilsbry (1909). Loj Canoas, San Luis Potosi, Mex. Iii this group, the radula of H. zephyrina™ was examined. The radular formula is given in Table III. No cusps are present on the A-central (Plate III, fig. 9) ; the B-central is simply a curved, almost rectangular plate with spatulate crenulations on the upper margin. The lanceolate C-central bears one, large, rounded hook. The comb-lateral (Plate IV, fig. 13) is heavy and bears large, spatulate cusps. The accessory plate is small and has but little reflection of the anterior border. The marginals are large and quite strictly ligulate; the bases form oblique rows but the tips are in nearly transverse rows, at least towards the center. The cusps of each tip form disc-like crowns, with the cusps arranged transversely on each. The calcareous operculum is degenerate, but the horny operculum is thick and brilliantly colored red. This group, to my mind, represents the most complete develop- ment of the genus Helicina on the mainland. 29 3 alcoholic specimens; University of Michigan-Walker Expedition in South- ern Vera Cruz, Mexico; Hacienda Cuatotolapam, Canton Acayucan (1910). 52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Subgenus HELICIXA s. s. West Indies. Hdicina Lamarack (1799, 1801). Type H. neritella Lam. (1799). Jamaica. Pitonm llus, Pitonnillus Montfort (1810). Type H. neritella Lam. (Pitonil- lus auct.). ? Pachytoma Swainson (1840). Type H. occidentalis Guilding (1828). Saint Vincent 1. Pachystoma auct., not Pachystoma Guilding (1828). Euneritella A. J. W. (1905). Type (by tautonomy) H. neritella Lam. ?? Subglobulosa A. J. W. (1905). Type (by tautonomy) H. subglobulosa Poey (1852) Cuba. ?? Festiva A. J. W. (1910). Type (by tautonomy) H. f estiva Sowerby (1839) Haiti. Not Festivus Crotch (1872) nor Festiva Gray (group larger than genus). I have been able to obtain but one specimen of H. neritella diplocheila A. J. W.30 The animal was almost completely destroyed by dermestids, but by washing it out carefully, I obtained examples of all of the kinds of teeth, and a few clumps with the centrals, comb-laterals, accessory plate, and a few of the inner marginals still clinging together. The centrals are not arranged in their natural position in the figure (Plate III, fig. 6), and the R-central, especially is not foreshortened as usually seen. The markings of the R-central are peculiar. The A-central has a peculiar shelf-like projection, which bears three, deep-set, large, rounded cusps. The B and C centrals are very similar to those of Tenuis, but are shown from a somewhat different angle. The comb-lateral has a rather narrow basal plate (Plate IV, fig. 17). The accessory plate has a small body but a large lanceolate appendix, and the reflected anterior portion forms a quite promi- nent shelf, which juts out almost at right angles to the body of the plate. The innermost marginals are very short and broad, not over one-half as long as the longest ones. All of the definitive marginals have sickle-shaped tips, with wings which remotely resemble those of the section Succincta of Oligyra, but are much better-developed. In addition, I have examined H. adspersa Pfr. (1839), both the large, typical form and a smaller variety H. a. marmorata d'Orb. (1845) = //. tenuilabris Pfr. (1848)31. This Cuban species has sharper cusps on the A-central (Plate VII, fig. 37) and also on the comb-lateral (Plate IV, fig. 17 A). The wings on the marginals are more prominent than in H. neritella, and, in certain views, 10 1 dried specimen; A. N. S. P. no. 104391; collected at Orange Hill, Montego Bay, Jamaica, by A. P. Brown. This is H. n. angulata C. B. Adams (1851), not H. angulata Sowerby (1842). 31 3 alcoholic specimens, sent me by John B. Henderson; from Western Cuba. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53 appear to be marked off proximad by a slight groove, so that they have much the appearance of large, triangular cusps. The small form is the one figured; it has a much smaller number of the mar- ginals (80 as against 106), and the comb-lateral has one more cusp and all are longer and narrower than in the larger form. This species is apparently quite closely related to H. neritella. The operculum of this group is very similar to that of Tristramia, s. s. It has a heavy, reddish, horny plate, and a thin calcareous plate; the latter is somewhat thickened towards the columella!- but incomplete towards the palatal margin. Although the group certainly belongs with Tristramia, it is rather divergent and needs further study before any accurate estimate of its relationship can be stated. As already remarked, there are certain resemblances to Tamsiana, and it is possible that the two groups connect up in the lesser Antilles. Many of the species included in Subglobulosa A. J. W. and F estiva A. J. W. have the yellowish operculum, with the poorly-developed horny plate, which is more characteristic of Oligyra than of this group. Table III. Radular Formulae in Helicina, Lucidella, and Schasicheila. Centrals Comb Marginals. Grand A B C Lateral 2 3 4 5 Total Total H.amoena 5 5 4 9-10 6 4 6 70 151 H.cinctdla 5 6-8 4 9 4 6 5 83 177 H . concentrica 5 4 5 11 1* 3+4 7 79 169 H. tamsiana appuni 4448 5 35 87 185 H.nemoralis 4 5 4 9-10 5 2 7 108 227 H.caracolla 1-2 5 4 10 3 5 8 83 177 H.r.ernesti 0 6 2 9-10 2 14 5 89 189 H. tenuis 0 6 4 7 1* 1+8 5 5 70 151 H.zephyrina 0 7 1 8 2* 1+7 5 5 102 215 H. neritella 3 64 7 1*2 +6 ?? many many H.adsptrsa 3 4-5 4 9 2* 3+4 5 7 106 223 S.silacea 4 4 4 9-104 5 6 9 78 167 S.sagraiana 4 4 4 9 2* 1+6 6 8 80 171 S.ciliata 4 4 4 6 1 8(5)* 4+9 58 127 S.hidalgoana 3 4 4 6 9 6 5 46 103 L.venezuelensis. . . . 4549 7 40 91 L.lirata 2 7 6 6 5 12 62 135 L. aureola 1 7 5 9-10 2 21 20 136 283 Genus LUCIDELLA Swainson. Tropical America. ?Subgenus LINDSLEYA Chitty. Jamaica to South America.? Lindsleya Chitty (1857). Type Stoastoma lindsleyanum C. B. Adams 1849) Jamaica. 54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Voi. LXXIV A number of minute, globose shells (L. venezuelensis n. sp.), which were collected rear Palma Sola, Estado Falcon, Venezuela (1920), closely resemble this Jamaican group, which originally was described as a genus of " Stoastomidae. " The margin of the aperture is entire, but quite simple, and the shell is well-perforated. The sculpture consists of well-marked spiral ridglets. The calcare- ous plate of the operculum is rather heavy, and is quite markedly concave externally. On examination of the radula (1 dried specimen), I was greatly surprised to find it very close to that of Lucidella lirata (Plate III, fig. 5; Plate V, fig. 21), and totally unlike that of Stoastoma (Plate VI, fig. 26). It differs from that of L. lirata in the presence of several cusps on the upper margin of the hood-shaped A-central, in the lanceolate C-central without the accessory lateral cusp, and in the larger number of cusps (like L. aureola) on the comb- lateral. It is the smallest Helicinid radula that I have examined. On account of the very similar shell-characters, it is placed tentatively in the subgenus Lindsleya, which is transferred to the genus Lucidella. If the shell-characters are any key to their re- lationship, I suspect that all of the species of this group and part of those in Metcalfeia belong here, as they do not possess the lip expansion and upper sinus, characteristic of true Stoastoma. This would restrict the latter genus to Jamaica, as S. haitianum Weinland and S. domingensis Vanatta from Haiti, and S. portoricense Pfr. from Porto Rico, lack these typical shell characters of Stoastoma pisum C. B. Adams (1849). The whole Stoastoma-problem needs reinvestigation, as practically none of the species have been figured, and many are impossible to identify from the descriptions. The radula and the shell of L. venezuelensis n. sp. will be more completely described and figured in a future paper. The radular formula is given in Table III. Subgenus POENIA H. and A. Adams. Tropical America. Poenia H. and A. Adams (1856). Type (Fischer) H. unidentata Pfr. (1849). Guatemala. Perenna Guppy (1867). Type H. (Perenna) lamellosa Guppy (1867). Isle Trinidad. L. lirata (Pfr.). (1847). Yucatan. (Mexico to Venezuela). //. unt'dcntalii Pfr. (1N49). Honduras. //. rusticetta Morelet (1849). Carmen Island, Yucatan. ? //. semialriata Sowerby (1866). Boca del Toro, Chiriqui, Panama (v. Mart. 1890). L. pilsbryi Clapp (1914). Swan Island, Bay of Honduras. L. tantilla (Pilsbry) (1902). Florida, U. S. (Cuba, Ramsden). 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55 The radula of L. Virata™ is figured (Plate III, fig. 5; Plate V, fig. 21 21), and the formula is given in Table III. The A-lateral is hood- shaped, with the opening inwards; its shape is perhaps better shown in the tilted A-lateral shown beneath the row of teeth of Lucidella aureola (Plate III, fig: 4). This "hood" ends distad with a curved hook, while there is also a stout point on the outer margin. It bears no true cusps. The B-central has a cuspless space on the outer tip, which fits over the C-central. The last is very long and slender, and bears a small cusp on the outer margin, besides the 4 terminal ones. The comb-lateral has a peculiar saddle-shaped expansion of the cusp-bearing border. The accessory- plate is long, but very thin and transparent; it just touches the outer end of the comb-lateral. This gives the radula a peculiar appearance, as the comb-lateral appears to be set off from, the inner ends of the marginals by a transparent border. The entire radula is so small as to require an oil-immersion lens for its thorough ex- amination. Its total width is less than that of a single T-lateral of Viana regina. Subgenus LUCIDELLA s. s. Jamaica; Haiti? Cuba? Lucidella Swainson (1840). Type Helix aureola Ferussac (1822). Jamaica. ? Prosopis Weinland (1862). Type (monotype) P. sulcata Weinland (1862). Haiti.33 Not Prosopis Fabricius (1804). The radula of the type species 34 has been examined. It is figured from an example that had two A-centrals (Plate III, fig. 4; Plate V, fig. 22); the inner one corresponds more to the type found in the other two, normal radulae. Below the row of centrals in the normal position, a single inner A-central is shown in a slightly tilted position, so as to give a better idea of the shape. This radula differs from that of L. lirata mainly by the absence of the upper point on the A-central, by the broader C-central, with especially well-marked cusps, and by the greater number of cusps on the comb-lateral. The marginals are more numerous than in any other species of Helicinidae examined. Genus SCHASICHEILA Sh. Mexico; western Cuba; Bahamas? Subgenus EMODA H. and A. Adams. Western Cuba. 32 2 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 72171; collected in Garden of Juarez Institute, San Juan Bautista, Tabasco, Mex., by J. N. Rovirosa. 33 This group may be valid, but its name is certainly not. 34 3 alcoholic specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 104533; collected in Jamaica, by A. P. Brown. 56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Emoda H. and A. Adams. Type (now chosen) H. silacea Morelet (1849). Cuba.35 In this group the radulae of the type species36, S. sagraiana (d. Orbigny) (1845)37, and S. ciliata (Poey) (1852)38 were examined. The radular formulae of all three are included in Table III, but only the first is figured (Plate IV, fig. 16; Plate V, fig. 19). The centrals are Alcadia-like as are those of Schasicheila s. s. The A-central has a peculiar outer plate, which fits under the C-central. The accessory plate is comparatively smaller than in any of the preceding groups, but is heavy and has a strong lobe for clasping the end of the comb-lateral. The latter is large and heavy, with spatulate cusps, and a heavy, squarish base. There are fewer cusps (6) in S. ciliata than in the other two species. The inner marginals are bicuspid. In sagraiana and silacea, the inner 4 or 5 have only two functional cusps, while in ciliata from 6 to 7 are functionally bicuspid. The difference between this statement and the formulae, as given in Table III, is due to a small vestigial tooth that appears quite variable in its occurrence. The marginals are peculiarly heavy and wooden, like those of Schasi- chelia s. s., and are not very numerous for such large shells. S. ciliata has a smaller number of marginals than the other two. The shells of this group are amongst the largest and heaviest of the entire family. In external appearance, they resemble those of Analcadia, but the radula is distinctly Schasicheila-like, as is also the sculpture of such species as S. ciliata. The latter probably belongs in a different section than do the other two species. The close relationship between Emoda and Schasicheila s. s. presents additional evidence for the former land connection between Cuba and Yucatan. Subgenus SCHASICHEILA s. s. Mexico, Guatemala. Schasicheila Shuttleworth (1852). Type (Fischer) S. nicoleti Sh. (1852). Mexico. Schasichila and Schazicheila auct. S. alata (" Menke"Pfr.). (1848). Cordova, Mexico. »S. pannucea Sowerby (1866), non Morelet. S. fragilis Pilsbry (1899). Diente, Nuevo Leon, Mexico. 35 As this group is used by Wagner (1907) in an emended sense, it was thought best to choose a type from those of the species of H. and A. Adams, which are also included by Wagner. 36 2 alcoholic specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 110833; collected at Tabajo, Yunquede, Baracoa, Cuba, by Chas. T. Ramsden. 37 3 alcoholic specimens; sent me by John B. Henderson; from western Cuba. 38 1 mounted slide from the collection of A. N. S. P.; made by A. P. Brown. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57 S. hidalgoana Ball (1897). Encarnacion, Hidalgo, Mex. ; near Victoria, Tarn., Mex. S. hinkleyi Pilsbry (1919). Chama, Guatemala. ???S. minima "Pfr. " Strebel (1873). Figure only, unidentifiable. S. minuscula (Pfr.) (1859). Mexico. S. miniuscula auct. S. nicoleti Shuttleworth (1852). Cordova, Mexico. S. palmeri Dall (1905). Alvarez Mts., San Luis Potosi; Omealca, V. C, Mex. S. pannucea (Morelet) (1849). Peten, Guatemala. H. alata Adams (1856), not Pfr. ?S. pannucea misantlensis Strebel (1873). Misantla, V. C, Mex. ?S. pilsbryi A. J. Wagner (1910). Mexico, Guatemala. S. vanattai Pilsbry (1899). Diente, Nuevo Leon, Mexico. S. vanattai tricostata Pilsbry (1903). Near Victoria, Tamaulipas, Mex. S. xanthia Pilsbry (1909). Los Canoas, San Luis Potosi, Mex. The radula of S. hidalgoana39 is figured (Plate V, figs. 18 and 20). The centrals are somewhat Alcadia-like; the B-central has an outer projection that fits under the C-central. The comb-lateral is large and heavy and has a squarish base, -but the outer triangular projection is so thin and weak as to be difficult to see. The accessory plate is rather small and not very heavy. The inner 9 marginals are bicuspid and resemble those of Emoda, although the blades are considerably longer and more close-ranked than in that group. The small number (46) is striking in a shell as large as the present species. The distinctive shell characters were noted early, and are so peculiar as to probably warrant the generic separation of this group and Emoda, but the writer did not wish to erect the latter into a genus until a more thorough study of the West Indian forms had been made. The species from the mainland of North America, given above, constitute simply an alphabetic list of the names that have been proposed. Genus STOASTOMA Adams. Jamaica. Stoastoma C. B. Adams (18-19). Type S. pisum C. B. Adams (1849). Jamaica. Hemicyclostoma "C. B. Adams" Pfr. (1865). Type S. pisum. ? Lewisia Chitty (1857). Type S. philippianum C. B. Adams (1850). ? Wilkinsonia Chitty (1857) Type S. wilkinsoniae C. B. Adams (1849). ? Fadyenia Chitty (1857). Type S. fadyenianum C. B. Adams (1849). ? Metcalfeia Chitty (1857). Type 5. chittya?ium C. B. Adams (1849). ? Petiiia Chitty (1857). Type S. petitianum C. B. Adams (1849). ?? Lindsleya Chitty (1857). Type S. lindsleyanum C. B. Adams (1849). 40 ? Blandia Chitty (1857). Type S. blandianum C. B. Adams (1849). The radula of the type species has already been figured by Pilsbry 39 2 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 85919; collected in canon 4 miles west of Victoria, Tamaulipas, Mexico, by S. N. Rhoads (1903). 40 The second name in this list is an exact synonym of Stoastoma ; the remainder may be distinct. I have already tentatively included Lindsleya under Luciddla. 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV (1910), and that of another specimen41 is given here (Plate VI, fig. 26). As Pilsbry has already pointed out, this radula is truly helicinid in character. Although possessing certain marked, indi- vidual peculiarities, in others it forms a connecting link between the Vianinae and the Helicininae. The A-central is heavy and has a single, large, outer hook which makes it superficially resemble that of Lucidella. The, B-central has three heavy cusps and somewhat resembles that of the more primitive species of Eutrochatella. The comb-lateral has only 3 large cusps, and the heavy outer process is more like that of the Vianinae than like any of the preceding genera. Never- theless, in general shape it is distinct, and more closely related to the Helicininae. The accessory plate is small and heavy and has an inner projection which fits behind the outer end of the comb- lateral. The anterior edge is slightly reflected and must act as a rather efficient brace to the comb-lateral. The inner 14 marginals are unicuspid, although the base is broad, as in all of the Helicinidae. While the description of the radula of the type species throws light on the relationships of the genus s. s., the other groups need examination. As pointed out under Lucidella, it is very probable that other distantly related small species have been included in the genus, as a whole. Since Chitty's description of the many species and "genera", the group seems to have received very little attention. Table IV. Radular Formulae in Stoastoma, Eutrochatella, Viana, and Calybium. Centrals. Comb Marginals Grand ABC Lateral 123 Total Total S. visum 13 4 3 14 6 53 117 E.erythraea 3 3 4 8-9 10 2 3 46 103 E.mestrei 3 3 4 8 17 5 64 139 E.jugulata 3 3 4 10 13 58 127 E.chrysochasma 3 3 4 7-9 12-14 (Troschel) 50+ 111 + E. s. politula 3 3 3-4 4-5 13 5 45 101 E.pyramidalis 3 3 4 5 11 44 99 /:. rupestris 0 3 2-3 0 14 5 35 81 E. sloanii 0 0 1 0 20 10 56 123 E.remota 0 0 1 0 24 80 171 41 1 dried specimen; A. N. S. P. no. 15236; collected in Garrett's Woods, near Mandeville, Jamaica, by A. P. Brown (1910). 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59 Centrals. Comb Marginals Grand A B C Lateral 12 3 Total Total E. a. columellaris 0 1 2 0 26 71 153 E. chrysostoma 0 0 0? 0 (Troschel) E.pulchella 0 0 1 0 40 62 135 E.tankervillii 0 0 0? 0 90+? (Troschel) 90+ 191 + E. stellate 0 0 2 0 39 104 219 E.torrei 0 0 2 0 43 111 233 V. regina 0 0 1 0 25 5 14 100 211 C.mouhoti 0 0 1 0 10 1 28 67 Genus EUTROCHATELLA Fisher. West Indies; Guatemala; Venezuela??? Subgenus TROSCHELVIANA new subgenus. Western Cuba. Type H. erythraea "Wright" Sowerby (1866). Section Tboschelviana s. s. Western Cuba. In this section the radulae of the type species42, E. mestrei43, and E. jugulata44 have been examined. In addition, the radula of E. chrysochasma has been described and figured by Troschel (1856-63). As he pointed out clearly the distinctness of this group, which is almost worthy of generic separation, it is but fitting that it bear his name. The radula of E. erythraea is figured here (Plate VI, fig. 27) and the formulae of all four species are included in Table IV. The paired centrals of these species have large and well-developed cusps: 3 on each A and B central and 4 on the C-central. The T- lateral, although quite similar in shape to that in the rest of the genus, bears a number of well-marked cusps on its inner edge. The accessory plate bears a stout hook, which fits over the inner branch of the stalk to the T-lateral. The unicuspid marginals are not very numerous, and bear long, sharp blades. The shells of the species in this group are rather small, and are more elevated than in any other helicinid group. They lack the distinct spiral sculpture of the rest of the genus Eutrochatella. From these shell characters, I think that the following species should be included in this group: E. alboviridis ("Wright" Pfr.) (1864). ??E. trochulina (d'Orbigny) (1845) Cuba. (Not the Haitian citations). E. erythraea ("Wright" Sowerby) (1866). Type species. H. rubella "Wright" Pfr. (1864), not of Green (1832). E. rubella citrinocallossa A. J. Wagner (1908). E. jugulata (Poey) (1856). E. chrysochasma chrysochasma (Poey) (1853). 42 2 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 14868; from Cuba; collected by Wright, 43 2 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 98798; Mogotes de la Cerro de Cobras, Cuba; collected by J. B. Henderson (1909). 41 2 alcoholic specimens; from Western Cuba; sent me by J. B. Henderson. 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV E. chrysochasma jucunda ("Gund." Pfr.) (1863). ??E. chrysochasma hernandezi "Wright" A. J. Waguer (1908). E. mestrei Arango (1878). Section Cubaviana new section. W. Cuba. Type //. politula Poey (1852). Santa Cruz, Cuba. The radula of the type of this section has been described and figured by Troschel (1856-63). I have re-examined it45 and also E. pyramidalis4*; the T-lateral of the former figured (Plate VI, fig. 33). The radular formulae of both species are given in Table IV. The centrals of this section are not quite so definitely cusped as in the preceding group, but are very similar. The T-central has only a few scallops and points near the outer edge of the margin. The A-plate, not shown by Troschel, is very similar to that in Troschelviana s. s. The shells of this section are not quite so elevated as in the preceding group, but are more nearly conical in shape. They agree with it in the poor development of the spiral sculpture. I think that probably the following species belong here: E. methfesseli (Pfr.) (1862). E. straminea straminea (Morelet) (1851). H. exacuta Poey (1852). E. straminea rubromarginata ("Gund." Poey) (1856). E. straminea festa (" Gund. "Sowerby) (1866). E. straminae nodae (Arango) (1862). E. straminea politula (Poey) (1852). Type. E. fuscula ("Gund. "Pfr.) (1863). E. cisnerosi (Arango) (1878). E. wrighti wrighti (Pfr.) (1863). ??E. wrighti xanthacme A. J. Wagner (1911). E. elongata (d'Orbigny) (1845). E. pyramidalis pyramidalis (Sowerby) (1842). E. pyramidalis percarinata A. J. Wagner (1908). //. arnica d'Orbigny (1845), not Pfr. (1839). ??E. scopulorum (Morelet) (1849). Isle of Pines. //. luteopunctata Poey (1852). H. luteoapicata Poey (1854). Subgenus PYRGODOMUS C. and E. Cuba to Guatemala; Bahamas? Pyrgodomus Crosse and Fischer (1893). Type (monotype) H. chryseis Tristram (1861). Guatemala. Artecallosa A. J. Wagner (1908). Type (now chosen, as used as Pyrgodomus) H. chryseis Tristram (1861). Guatemala. ? Callida A. J. Wagner (1908). Type (by tautonomy) H. calida Wein- land (1862) (E. callida A. J. W.). Not Callida "Dejean" Leconte (1859).47 45 2 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 15170; Rangel, Cuba. 16 3 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 14885; southwestern Cuba. 47 This group may belong to Eutrochatella s. s., but the size of the shell and its shape look more like this subgenus. I do not think the name can be used, altho L'alh.ida Dejean (1825) appears to be the original spelling of the genus in Cole- optera 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61 E. microdina microdina (Morelet) (1851). Vera Paz, Guatemala. E. microdina chryseis (Tristram) (1861). Guatemala (may be a sex-form). E. simpsoni Ancey (1886). Utilla Island, Bay of Honduras.48 Of this subgenus, I have only been able to examine E. rupestris (Pfr.) (1839)49, but this species agrees quite well in shell characters with the typical, mainland species. The A-central has no definite cusps, altho its margin is slightly wavy. The B-central has three rather irregular cusps. The C-central has 2 or 3 points (Plate VI, fig. 28). The T-lateral has no definite cusps on the margin, but the horny thickenings of the umbrella-shaped cutting-edge show four or five irregular, but sharply marked folds, which gives the tooth a wavy appearance under certain lights. A. J. Wagner has described the shell characters of the group, although I doubt the inclusion of some of the larger species. Subgenus PRIOTROCHATELSA Fischer. Isle of Pines. Prictrochatella Fischer (1893). Type H. constellate Morelet (1847). Isle of Pines. In this subgenus, the radulae of E. stellata50 and E. torrei51 have been examined. The radular formulae of both are given in Table IV, and that of the former is figured (Plate VI, fig. 30). The radula of this subgenus is practically the same as in Eutrochatetta s. s., except that the R-central is broadly elliptical, instead of circular. A. J. Wagner indicates this as a primitive group, but I regard it as among the most highly specialized forms in the whole subfamily. The operculum is superficially something like that of Geotro- chatella, but in Priotrochatella the calcareous plate is dominant, while in the eastern group the horny plate is best-developed. The calcareous portion of the operculum of Priotrochatella is similar in texture to that of Eutrochatella s. s., and is not spiral but practi- cally linear. The nucleus, which is spiral as throughout the family, is quite near the columellar margin, and the growth-lines mainly show externad. I regard it as simply a specialized condition of the Eutrochatella-operculum, due to the shape of the aperture. 48 In addition, H. exigua Pfr. (1849), from Honduras (Dyson), may possibly belong here, but it is unrecognizable from description. 49 1 dried specimen; A. N. S. P. no. 15081; collected in Cuba by Poey. 60 1 dried specimen; A. N. S. P. no. 118935; Sierra de Caballos, 1. of Pines .(W. F. Clapp). 51 1 dried specimen; A. N. S. P. no. 15083; Isle of Pines (R. Arango). Wm. F. Clapp (1918) has described and figured the radulae of the three species of this genus. 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Growth has been retarded towards the columellar wall and accentu- ated towards the palatal margin. This idea is substantiated by the crushed and thickened growth-lamellae along the basal and columellar margins. A. J. Wagner's figures (1905, 1907) are very diagrammatic; that of Fischer (1893), although somewhat vague, shows the fundamental structure much better. The separation of this group from Eutrochatella s. s., even as a subgenus, is only justifiable on the grounds of the peculiar shell and opercular characters. Subgenus EUTROCHATELLA s. s. West Indies; Venezuela??? Section Ustronia A. J. W. Cuba. Uslronia A. J. Wagner (1908). Type (now chosen) H. sloanii d'Orbigny (1845). Cuba. (=H. sloanei A. J. W. and authors, not of d'Orbigny). The radula of the type species has been figured and described by Troschel (1856-63). I have re-examined this species,52 and have also studied E. acuminata columellaris53 and E. remota.5i I am unable to name any definite characters of the radula that will separate this group from the next. It appears to have a smaller number of unicuspid marginals than does Eutrochatella s. s. The specimen of E. acuminata columellaris has a minute, but very sharp-pointed cusp at the inner end of the margin of the B-central. Section Excavata A. J. Wagner. Cuba, Haiti, Jamaica. Excavata A. J. Wagner (1907). Type (by tautonomy) H. excavata Pfr. (1855). Haiti. In this section the radula of E. chrysostoma ("Sh." Pfr.) (1850) has been described and figured by Troschel (1856-63). Section Eutrochatella s. s. Jamaica. Ampullina Blainville (1825). Not Saint-Fond (1803) etc. Type A. striata Blainville (1825). Trochatella Swainson (1840). Type H. pulchella Gray (1825). Jamaica. Not Trochatella Lesson (1830). Eutrochatella Fischer (1885). Type H. pulchella Gray. Granifera A. J. Wagner (1907). Type H. pulchella Gray. In this section the radula of the type species of the genus55 has been examined and is figured (Plate VI, figs. 31 and 32). Troschel (1856-63) has described and figured that of E. tankervillii (Gray) (1825). His statement that all of the marginals are unicuspid 52 2 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 93661; collected near Havana, Cuba, by C. F. Baker. '3 1 alcoholic specimen; sent me by J. B. Henderson; western Cuba. A 1 alcoholic specimen; sent me by H. B. Henderson; western Cuba. 55 1 alcoholic specimen; A. N. S. P. no. 101221; collected near Mandeville. Jamaica, by A. P. Brown (1910), and 1 slide, in the collection of the A. N. S. P mounted by A. P. Brown. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63 is doubtless erroneous. However, Eutrochatella does have a larger number of unicuspid marginals than does Ustronia, and in this features agrees better with Priotrochatella. Its separation from Excavata seems justifiable on the basis of the heavier sculpture of the shell in this typical section. Genus VIANA. H. and A. Adams. Cuba. Viana H. and A. Adams (March, 1856). Type H. regina Morelet (1849). Cuba. Hapata Gray (Nov., 1856). Type H. regina Morelet. Rhynchocheila Shuttleworth (1878). Type H. regina Morelet. In this genus, through the kindness of Mr. J. B. Henderson, I have been able to examine the type species56. Before receiving his material, the laterals alone of V. regina subunguiculata (Poey) were obtained by washing out dermestid feces from an old shell. V. regina is figured (Plate VII, figs. 34, 35, 36). The paired centrals have no definite cusps, although there is a rounded hook on the C-central. The R-central is shield-shaped with two scallops on each side, a very well-marked triangular cusp, and a rounded base. The A-central is proportionalely very large, while the B and C centrals are much smaller, and appear to be rather weak, as they are easily crushed in mounting the specimen, The T-laterals are exceptionally large (.5 mm. in diameter) ; each is fully as large as the whole central area (7 teeth). The stalk or base is proportionately very short and stout, while the reflecteb portion is semicircular (Plate VII, fig. 36 gives anterior view) and very large. It is less dome-shaped than in Eutrochatella. The accessory plate is small and, when united is almost completely hidden by the T-lateral. The unicuspid marginals are more broad- ly rounded at the tips than are those of Eutrochatella and the inner, multicuspid ones are not as deeply cleft. In addition the shell-characters are peculiar. Especially note- worthy is the definite sinus on the outer lip of the aperture of the male. Altogether, it seems that the generic separation of this group is justifiable on natural grounds. In addition, there is a practical reason. Viana (and also its two synonyms) is prior to Eutrochatella Fischer, and would become the generic name of the entire group if the two were combined. The resemblance of Fischer's term to the original, preoccupied name, Trochatella, and its wide acceptance, would make this peculiarly unfortunate. 56 2 alcoholic specimens; Cuba from collection of J. B. Henderson. 64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Genus CALYBIUM Morelet. Indo-China. Subgenus CALYBIUM s. s. Calybium Morelet (1891). Type (monotype) C. massiei Morelet (1891). Subgenus GEOTROCHATELLA P. Fischer. Geotrochatella P. Fischer (1891). Type (now chosen) H. mouhoti Pfr. (1862). In this group the radula of the type species C. mouhoti (Pfr.)57 has been examined and is figured (Plate VI, fig. 29). It is startlingly like that of Viana regina, but has several, rather important dif- ferences. The A-central is not especially enlarged, as compared to the two outer, paired centrals. The unicuspid marginals are much broader, and the number of marginals is the smallest observed (28), which is remarkable when one considers that the tiny E. rupestris has 35. As the broad, outer marginals were observed in both radulae of C. mouhoti, it does not seem possible that the count is very erroneous. With the depressed shell, Geotrochatella has a linear operculum, somewhat similar in shape to that of Priotrochatella. However, the horny plate of the operculum in the former group is well- developed, while the calcareous plate is extremely thin. The spiral nucelus is near the columellar margin. The horny plate has a thickening, which runs transversely across the inner side; when examined under the microscope, this thickening is seen to consist of lamellae, which project out a considerable angle to the rest of the plate. As the margin is not thickened, as is the calcareous plate of Priotrochatella, it appears as if the growth-stress, due to the shape of the aperture, finds expression in this lamellar thicken- ing across the middle of the plate. Thus the opercula of Priotro- chatella and Geotrochatella, although superficially similar, are fund mentally different, both in texture and arrangement of the growth lamellae. For this reason and on account of the divergence of the radulae, it seems that the relationship between these two groups is not as close as has often been stated. They probably represent parallel development in two rather distantly related stocks. The dominance of the horny operculum also helps to separate this group from Viana, which, it appears to me, is more probably its closest relative in the West Indies. A. J. Wagner included Geotrochatella, Calybium and Priotrochatella in his Pseudotraochatellinae. This "subfamily," altho based on opercular characters, had for its type genus Pseudotrochatella 67 2 dried specimens; A. N. S. P. no. 66060; collected at Luang-Prabang, Laos, by Ph. Dautzenberg. (1895)- 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65 Nevil (1881) a subfossil form of which the operculum was unknown. The peculiar spiral sculpture of the embryonic shell of Pseudo- trochatella, and its habitat, the Island of Mauritius, render its reference to the Helicinidae extremely dubious, at least until the operculum is known. In conclusion, it may be stated that the position of the spiral nucleus of the operculum, and the arrangement of the growth- lamellae, furnish excellent characters for the separation of the minor groups. The relative dominance of the horny and calcareous plate, altho somewhat variable, especially with age, are of value, even in the separation of genera. On the other hand, the opercular characters are not of much value in the determination of the relationship between genera, and certainly cannot be used for the division of the Helicinidae into subfamilies. Description of Plates III — VII. On account of the considerable difference in size, the capituliform complexes are usually shown here with a different magnification than are the centrals and marginals of the same species. In addition, it was found necessary to show the radulae of different species with different degrees of magnification. For these reasons, the centrals and marginals of each species are in a group by themselves, while the capituliform complex is shown separately, usually with less mag- nification. In the following descriptions, the magnification is given as 1, 2, 3, 5 or 6 times (diameters). This means that the drawing with the least magnification is taken as a standard, and the enlargement of the others is expressed in proportions to the nearest integer, so as to facilitate their rapid comparison, by the use of a simple fraction. The accurate scale in microns (^ = .001 mm.)is given with each set of figures under the same magnification. Each scale pertains to the figures between it and the next scale above, and to those below in case no other scale is given. All of the drawings were made with the aid of the camera lucida. The magnification under which the drawings were first made is as follows: XI = 248 diameters; X2 is a camera lucida reduction from X3; X3 = 705 diameters; X5 = 1180 diameters; X6 = 1490 diameters. All of the teeth in the series shown are those from the right side. As the central groups are all arranged in the same order, with the R-central at the left hand of the sheet, followed by the A, B and C centrals in order named, they are not specially numbered. The marginals are numbered as they occur in the transverse row, from the center out. The figures themselves are numbered separately at the edge of the plate. All of the teeth, including the tips of the marginals, are oriented into the most common position, although this is necessarily often only approximate. Plate III. — Hendersonia, Oligyra, Lucidella and Helicina. Centrals and Marginals. Fig. 1 — Hendersonia occulta. Centrals and tips of lrst, 8th and 13th marginals (x5). Fig. 2 — Oligyra orbiculata. Centrals (x5). Compare fig. 1 for marginals. Fig. 3 — Oligyra (Succincta) flavida streoeli. Centrals and tips of 1st, 5th, and 12th marginals (x5). Fig. 4 — Lucidella aureola. Centrals and tips of 1st, 6th and 40th marginals (x6) (A-central shown below in tilted position). 06 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXX1V Fig. 5 — Lucidella (Poenia) lirala. Centrals (x6). Compare 4 for marginals. Fig. 6— Helicina neritella. Centrals (in row instead of in the more common position); tip and inner view of 4th marginal; a, b, c: tips of marginals further out (exact position unknown); d: edge view of distal end of a marginal to show sickle-shaped tip. (x3). Fig. 7 — Helicina (Tenuis) tenuis. Centrals and tips of 1st, 5th, and 12th marginals (x3). Fig. 8 — Helicina (Oxyrhombus) amoena. Centrals and tips of 1st, 3rd and 9th marginals (x3). Fig. 9 — Helicina (Tristramia) zephyrina. Centrals and tips of 1st, 3rd, 6th and 12th marginals; outer view of 2nd; inner view of 7th; edge view of distal end of 17th ;and edge view of proximal end of 8th to show U-shape of base. (x3) Plate IV. — Hcndersonia, Oligyra, Helicina and Schasicheila. Capituliform Complexes. Fig. 10 — Hcndersonia occulta. Comb-lateral and accessory plate separated (x3). Fig. 11 — Oligyra orbiculata. Comb-lateral and accessory plate separated. (x3). Fig. 12 — Oligyra (Succincta) flavida strebeli. Comb-lateral and accessory plate united (x3). Fig. 13 — Helicina (Tristramia) zephyrina. Comb-lateral and inner end of accessory plate united (x3). Fig. 14 — Helicina (Tenuis) tenuis. Comb-lateral and accessory plate separa- ted (x3). Fig. 15 — Helicina (Oxyrhombus) amoena. Comb-lateral and accessory plate separated (x3). Fig. 16 — Schasicheila (Emoda) silacea. Comb-lateral and accessory plate separated (x3). Fig. 17 — Helicina neritella. Comb-lateral and accessory plate separated. (x3) a. cusp-bearing portion of comb-lateral, b. handle or base of comb-lateral, c. triangular outer projection of comb-lateral; this forms a support for: d. continuation of cusp-bearing portion, e. depression and thinning of comb-lateral (shown by dotted lines) ; on opposite side from that viewed. This is for the reception of the base of the comb-lateral next anteriad (above in figures), f. Portion of accessory plate which fits under the triangular projection of the comb-lateral (c). g. lanceolate appendix of the accessory plate, h. reflected portion, which invests the outer end of(d). x. termination of each piece (when united in natural position) marked on the other. 17A — Helicina adspersa. Comb-lateral and accessory plate, slightly separat- ed (x3). Plate V. — Schasicheila, Lucidella, Aphanoconia, and Oligyra. Radulae. Fig. 18 — Schasicheila hidalgoana. Centrals and tips of 1st, 4th, 12th and 21rst marginals. (x5). Fig. 19 — Schasicheila (Emoda) silacea. Centrals and tips of 1st, 4th, and 12th marginals (x3). Fig. 20 -Schasicheila hidalgoana. Capituliform complex united (x3). Fig. 21 — Lucidella (Poenia) lirala. Capituliform complex united (xO). Fig. 22 — Lucidella aureola. Capituliform complex united (x6). Fig. 23 — Aphanoconia (Sphaerocouia)v erecunda. Central sand tip of 1st marginal (x5). Comb-lateral and accessory plate separated (x3). lig. 24 — Oligyra (Succinta) oweniana coccinostoma. Centrals and tips of 1st, 3rd, 7th, and 12th marginals, and edge view of distal end of 4th to show wings (x5). Comb-lateral and accessory plate separated (x3). 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 67 Fig. 25 — Oligyra (Alcadia) palliata. Centrals and tips of 1st, 3rd, and 15th marginals (x5). Comb-lateral and accessory plate separated (x3). Plate VI. S'oasloma, Eutrochal Ha, and Calybium. Radulae. Fig. 26 — Stoastoma pisum. Centrals, and 1st and 11th marginals, and tip of 18th; comb-lateral and accessory plate separated (x5). Fig. 27 — Eutrochatclla (Troschelviana) erythraea. Centrals, and tips of 1st. 5th, and 17th marginals; T-lateral and accessory plate separa- ted (x5). Fig. 28 — Eutrochatclla (Pyrgodomus) rupestris. Centrals; T-lateral and accessory plate separated (x5). For marginals, see fig. 27. Fig. 29 — Calybium (Geotrochakila) mouhoti. Centrals and tips of 1st, 5th, 11th and 12th marginals; T-lateral and accessory plate (below) separated (x3). Fig. 30 — Eutrochatclla (PriotrochateUa) stellata. Centrals and tips of 1st, 5th, 10th, 40th and 50th marginals; T-lateral and accessory plate united (x3). Fig. 31 — Eutrochatella pulchella. Centrals (x3). See 30 for marginals. Fig. 32 — Eutrochatclla pulchella. T-lateral and accessory plate united (xl+). Fig. 33 — Eutrochatclla (Cubaviana) politula. T-lateral and accessory plate united (x3). Plate VII. Viana and Helicina. Fig. 34 — Viana regina. Centrals, capituliform complex and separated acces- sory plate (xl+). Fig. 35 — Viana regina. Centrals, and tips of 1st, 10th, 16th, 26th, and 30th marginals (x3). Fig. 36 — Viana regina subunguiculata. Anterior view of T-lateral, to show outline of reflected portion (xj^). Fig. 37 — Helicina ads per sa (small form mar morula) . Centrals, 2nd marginal and edge of 4th marginal (x5). NOTES ON THE MOLLUSKS OF THE COLORADO DESERT,— I. By S. Stillman Berry. 1 .■ — INTRODUCTION. Topographically, geologically, and biologically, the Colorado Desert is unique among all the very diverse natural areas of the state of California, only its sister desert to the north, the Mojave, affording a partial parallel. It is likewise one of the most interest- ing of these areas. Nearly every wanderer who has been fated to enter its portals, as even now the present writer, seems to have felt it incumbent upon him to add his mite to the printed record, with the result that an extensive literature of the region is already in existence, and grows apace. Nevertheless, and in face of the fact, this is still in many respects a little known country.1 1 In addition to the titles cited in the bibliography, there are a number of works not dealing with the Mollusca which, nevertheless, have such important bearing toward an understanding of the desert and its bionomics, that it seems worth while to include a brief list of a few which have been found particularly helpful in this manner. Abhams, L. :10. A phytogeographic and fcaxonomic study of the southern California trees and shrubs. Bulletin New York Botanical Garden, v. (>, p. 300- 85, pi. A-J, 1910. :15. The deserts and desert flora of the west. Nature and Science on the Pacific Coast, p. 168-176, pi. 24, San Francisco. 1915. Atsatt, Sarah M. :13. The reptiles of the San Jacinto area of southern California. Univer- sity California Publications, Zoology, v. 12, p. 31-50, November, 1913. Bryant, H. C. :11. The horned lizards of California and Nevada of the genera Phry- nosoma and Anota. University California Publications, Zoology, v. 9, p. 1-84, text fig. A-B, pi. 1-9, December, 1911. Grinnell, J. :13. A distributional list of the mammals of California. Proceedings California Academy Sciences, (4), v. 3, p. 265-390, pi. 15-16, 1913. :14. An account of the mammals and birds of the Lower Colorado Valley with especial reference to the distributional problems presented. University California Publications, Zoology, v. 12, p. 51-294, text fig. A-I, pi. 3-13, March, 1914. :15. A distributional list of the birds of California. Pacific Coast (69) 70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXVI Among major groups of the fauna, this statement is particularly true concerning the Mollusca. The very name "desert" seems to imply a terrain ill suited for these soft-bodied, cool-blooded animals; and it has been only a few years since that we began to realize that aridity, far from prohibiting life of this sort, actually has seemed in many instances to tend directly toward an increase in the variety and richness of the fauna. Whether this would be true in that classical type of desert which consists only of long Avifauna, no. 11, p. 1-217, pi. 1-3, 1915. :15a. The vertebrate fauna of the Pacific Coast. Nature and Science on the Pacific Coast, p. 104-114, pi. 12-13, San Francisco, 1915. GRINNELL, J., & S\VARTH, H. S. :13. An account of the birds and mammals of the San Jacinto area of southern California with remarks upon the behaviour of geographic races on the margins of their habitats. University California Publications, Zoology, v. 10, p. 197-406, text fig. 1-3, pi. 6-10", October, 1913. Grinnell, J., and Camp, C. L. :17. A distributional list of the amphibians and reptiles of California. University California Publications, Zoology, v. 17, p. 127-208, text fig. 1-14, July, 1917. Hall, H. M. :02. A botanical survey of San Jacinto Mountain. University Cali- fornia Publications, Botany, v. 1, p. 1-140, pi. 1-14, June, 1902. Hall, H. M. & Grinnell, J. :19. Life-zone indicators in California. Proceedings California Academy Sciences, (4), v. 9, p. 37-67, June, 1919. MacDougal, D. T., et al. :14. The Salton Sea. Carnegie Institution Washington Publication 193, p. i-xi, 1-182, maps, pi. 1-32, June, 1914. :17. A decade of the Salton Sea. Geographical Review, v. 3, p. 457-473 :17. A decade of the Salton Sea. Geographical Review, v. 3, p. 457-473 text fig. 1-8, June, 1917. M EARNS, E: A. :07. Mammals of the Mexican boundary of the United States. A des- cription catalogue of the species of mammals occurring in that region; with a general summary of the natural history, and a list of trees. Part 1— Families Didelphiidae to Muridae. United States National Museum Bulletin 56, p. i-xv, 1-530, text fig. 1-125, pi. 1-13, 1907. Parish, S. B. :07. Contributions toward a knowledge of the genus Washingtonia. Botanical Gazette, v. 44, p. 408-434, December, 1907. Richardson, C. H., Jr. :12. The distribution of Hyla arenicolor Cope, with notes on its habits and variations, American Naturalist, v. 46, p. 605-611, map, October, 1912. Van Denburgh, J. ,(.)7. The reptiles of the Pacific Coast and Great Basin. Occasional Papers California Academy Sciences, v. 5, 1-236, numerous text figs., September, 1S97. Williamson, R. S. '55. Report of exolorations in California for railroad routes, to connect with the routes near the 35th and 32d parallels of North Latitude. Reports of explorations and surveys . . . for a railroad . . . to the Pacific Ocean ... in 1853-4, v. 5, pt. 1, p. 1-43, pi. 1-12, maps, cuts, 1S51 (Date of complete volume, L856). 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 71 unbroken stretches of flattish sandy country may well be doubted, but where, as here, the many mountain ranges form islands of a slightly less degree of desiccation, the snails are given a chance to maintain a figurative toehold, and in time to become better adapted their desert environment, while meanwhile the principle of isola- tion comes into play. It is only recently that it has been discovered that if numbers of species are to be regarded as criteria, the true molluscan metropolis of North America is not in tropic Florida, nor in the swampy lowlands of Louisiana and Texas, nor in the forests of the northwest, but in dry Arizona, where every mountain range, in some cases almost every canyon, seems to harbor its own peculiar land-snail fauna. There are of course numerous widespread species, principally minute, but the multitude are surprisingly local in their distribution. While it is perhaps not to be expected that the region under discussion will prove to rival southern Arizona, enough has now been done to show that further exploration will yield substantial rewards. The land snails natur- ally constitute the great unknown. Nevertheless fluviatile mollusks likewise are more important and numerous than might be suspected. The Colorado Desert. — The term "Colorado Desert" has been somewhat variously applied by different writers, but the most logical as well as historically the most precise use of the name is undoubtedly the definition given by its original proponent, Prof. W. P. Blake, who writes (:14, p. 6-7; :15, p. 21-22):— 'The name 'Colorado Desert' was given to this region by the writer in 1853." "This was before the State of Colorado received its name. It was deemed most appropriate to connect the name of the Colorado River with the region inasmuch as the desert owes its origin to the river by the deposition of alluvions and the displacement of the sea-water." "A tendency is shown by some writers to extend the area known as the Colorado Desert so as to include the arid regions north of it, especially the mountainous region along the Colorado ami the Mojave, partly known today as the 'Mojave Desert.' This was not the intention or wish of the author of the name. It was intended to apply it strictly to the typical desert area of the lacustrine clays and alluvial deposits of the Colorado where extreme characteristic desert conditions prevail, such as arid treeless plains, old lake beds and sand hills — such conditions as are found in the Sahara of Africa and in the delta regions of the Nile. I should also 72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXIV include the bordering detrital slopes from the contiguous mountains. So restricted, the area is practically coterminous with the ancient beach-lines and terraces of the lakes whic hoccupied the valley." "Its area is estimated at not less than 2,100 square miles, its breadth east and west opposite Carrizo Creek about 33 miles. Its height above tide ranges from 135 feet above sea-level at Yuma to an average of 42 feet following the old shore line of Cahuilla Lake, and to minus 187 feet, now partly submerged." The only possible criticism of this definition is that restricted in this way it becomes too purely geological and genetic for con- venient application to a physiographic phenomenon like a desert. ( Vrtainly a broadly conceived faunistic study of the region cannot so confine itself. For the purpose of such a study most workers will find it more practicable to define the region as that roughly enclosed on the north and northeast by the desert slopes of the San Bernardino Mountains and the divide which is formed by their depauperate southeastern spurs, the Cottonwood, Chucka- walla, and Chocolate Mountains, and which separates the Cahuilla Basin from the more diffused Mojave Desert further north; on the east and southeast by the Colorado River; and on the south- west and west by the eastern escarpment of the Peninsular Range and the Santa Rosa and San Jacinto Mountains. The entire area will even then fall within the confines of the single major life zone known as the Lower Sonoran, unless one prefers to draw the desert boundary far enough up the circumventing mountains to include some portions of the Upper Sonoran zone. Thus understood the general outline of the desert is roughly tri- angular, with the base on the Colorado River, the apex at the San Gorgonio Pass, and comprising within it the eastern portion of Riverside County, the whole of Imperial County, and a little of the eastern edge of San Diego County, California, while the southern corner of the triangle juts over into the Mexican territory of Lower < alifornia. San Bernardino County is barely touched in the vicinity of the Morongo. If Death Valley be excepted, the region is doubtless quite unique within the borders of the United Slates, if not in the world. From the floor of the Salton Sink which lies 265 feet below sea level, there is a gradual ascent of the desert floor to a line varying from nearly sea-level to about 2,500 feet along i he base of the mountains, which then rise abruptly to vary- ing heights, the most loftly being San Jacinto Peak, with an elevation of 10,805 feel, and San Gorgonio Peak, 11,485 feet high. By reason of their prevailingly granitic formations, lack of foot- 1922] NATURAL SCIENCE OF PHILADELPHIA 73 hills, and consequent abrupt ascent from the desert floor, the desert mountain ranges show a common peculiarity of contour which is pictured with especial felicity by J. Smeaton Chase in his very readable book, "California Desert Trails" (:19, p. 7): — "The characteristic contour form of the desert mountain ranges is another element in the beauty of desert color. Like geological models set on a table, they stand up sharply defined from the general level, arresting the glance with new, conspicuous effects. No gently modelled approaches prepare the eye for the change of plane. From gray or drab expanse of sand they rear up wall-like profiles of red or ochre. Perspective is dwarfed by the clearness of air, increasing the sense of verticality. Instead of rising from the desert, these mountains stand upon it, explicit, bald, almost arti- ficial." Mt. San Jacinto furnishes the supreme example of these sudden changes in level. Measuring horizontally north on the topographic map from the peak to various points in Snow Creek Canyon and vicinity one finds a span of but 3 24 miles from the summit to the 2,000-foot contour, or of only 5 miles to the 1,400-foot contour, a net drop of 9,405 feet. To the east of the peak the fall to the 500-foot contour takes place in less than seven horizontal miles. Very fre- quently of course less extreme descents take place much more abruptly. Occurrence of Land Snails. — It has been deemed best to include the foregoing brief account of the region because an under- standing of its peculiar topography is of the utmost importance to the malacologist in view of the fact that the land snail fauna of the desert, so far as known, is confined wholly to these steep mountain slopes. From the Colorado Desert in the technically geological sense of Blake, endemic, terrestrial mollusks are pro- bably wholly lacking. The massive granitic fragments which litter the mountain bases, the obliquity, with reference to the rays of the sun, of all slopes but the hot southern exposures, and the modicum of moisture, however scanty, which seeps down from the heights, all serve to render possible the continued existence in such situations of these remarkably adapted xerobic creatures in a way not possible, even for them, on the scorching floor of the desert a stone's toss away. West of Indian Well I found myself literally able to collect Micrarionta xerophila from the steep mountain slope while standing with both feet firmly planted on 74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXIV the valley floor, where the most careful search discovered for us not a trace of a snail. No doubt there are many places where a repetition of this experience would be possible. In the deep canyons which gash these precipitous ranges conditions are fre- quently rather more favorable for land mollusks, though even here one encounters them on the slopes and rarely if at all along the water-courses themselves. Although sometimes quite abundant, at least in the form of chalky-white dead shells scattered about the surface of the ground, they are often so rare that living specimens become quite difficult to detect. Consequently but few have found their way into the hands of students. If for practical reasons the now almost legendary Helix damascenus of Gould2 be excepted, Bowers' discovery near Indio of the snail described by Yates in 1890 as Helix Carpenteri, var. Indioensis, but first recorded by Orcutt in 1889, was the earliest to be published. Almost simultaneously Orcutt reported the occurrence of a form .of Helix from Snow Creek and Palm Canyons which probably represented the species which Bartsch described from Palm Springs specimens in 1903 as Sonorella wal- cottiana. Meanwhile, Bryant in 1900 had described two snails from the "San Jacinto Mts. " under the names bowersi and harperi. Although very insufficiently known, at least one of these and quite possibly both belong to the same group of characteristic desert snails as those already noted. In 1904, Bartsch described Sonorella bailey i orcutt i from material collected by Orcutt "in the Colorado Desert." All the foregoing seem to have been de- scribed or recorded in each instance from dead shells only. It has only been very recently that Dr. Emmet Rixford collected living examples of wolcottiana at Palm Springs which Pilsbry (:18) has shown to possess the anatomical characteristics of the genus Micrarionta. . And this, so far as I can discover, quite completes the record, although a number of allied species of Micrarionta have been described from the ranges of the adjoining Mojave and Arizona deserts. - Micrarionta (?) damascenus (Gould 1856). 1856. Helix damascenus Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 6, p. 11. 1862. Helix pandorae (pars) Gould, Otia Conch., p. 219 (mere mention). 1869. Helix pandorae (pars) Binney, in Binney . ISO. 1892. Helix pandorae var. damascenus Cooper, Zoc, v. 3, p. 18 (brief note). The original locality is given by Gould as "Desert region east of California," collected by Dr. Frick. Unless Frick's record is very far astray, the species can have little to do with Micrarionta pandorae (Forbes). 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 75 With the exception of the small and in many respects peculiar species which is described in the present paper from Whitewater Canyon, the desert helicoids seem invariably to occupy the same sort of situations and to have essentially similar habits. They have not yet been discovered deep down in rockslides like so many of the Arizonian species, but generally aestivating under blocks and boulders of granite, or among the loose soil and rubble in the crevices thereof. When active they frequently come to the surface, where at favorable moments they may be found in the open, crawling. Beyond this little is known of their habits, their food supply, or their position in the general bionomic economy, as is a natural sequence of the fact that without any doubt the very great majority of existing species are still unknown to us in any way whatsoever. The distribution of the desert palm. (Neowashingtonia filamentosa) has been plotted out with a view to showing its probable relation- ship to the ancient shore line of the Gulf of California which seems to have extended well up into this basin at no very distant period. Whether anything of the sort will be possible with the land snails remains to be seen, but it is at least an interesting speculation whether the characteristic desert Eremarionta was not itself, at one time, a maritime group as the more typical section of Micrarionta still remains to this day. Of the numerous North American groups of land snails smaller than the helicoids, none appears to have been recorded from the area under discussion hitherto. Freshwater Mollusca. — In nearly complete contrast to the land snails, interest in the fresh-water Mollusca necessarily centers almost exclusively in the relict-covered bed of the ancient Lake Cahuilla, in other words, the Colorado Desert in the exact original sense of that term. The wonder caused by the enormous numbers of the stranded shells which fill the soil in many parts of the valley, and the interest aroused by the eventual discovery of many of the same species still flourishing in certain of the outlying springs and rivulets has long attracted attention to this part of the fauna. The pioneer publication dealing with a fresh-water mollusk of this region was probably that of Lea ('52), who described his Anodonta Calif orniensis from the "Rio Colorado, California." A few years later Gould ('55) applied names to five species of fresh-water 70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXIV mollusks from the desert proper, most of which are still in use for those species. Among the more important works since that time are a furl her paper by Gould ('56), a brief account by Orcutt ('89), some incidental notes by Dall ('96), and Pilsbry ('99), and es- pecially the succession of papers by Stearns (79, '82, '83, '83a, '93) which finally culminated (:01) in a comprehensive monograph of the fresh-water mollusks based principally upon the desert fossils. The occurrence of these fo>ssils in windrows, at varying depths in the friable soil, and in the travertine of the terraces, has been of the greatest interest to the geologist engaged in tracing the past history of the basin, and they therefore receive at least passing mention in many general works on the Desert. There is little doubt that a more truly exhaustive study than has yet been at- tempted will be fruitful of results of the utmost value, not alone to the geologist, but to the systematist, the ecologist, and, thanks to the extraordinary character of the variations passed through by some of the forms, perhaps even to the student of evolution and the geneticist. Except in the bibliography given, the present paper touches on the fresh-water mollusks only incidentally. 2. — BIBLIOGAPHY OF MOLLTTSCA OF THE COLORADO DESERT. A.— TAXONOMIC Anon. '56. Catalogue of the geological collection with descriptions of several of the si ecimens. Reports of explorations and surveys ... for a railroad ... to the Pacific Ocean ... in 1853^, vol. 5, pt. 2. Appendix, p. 344-358, 1856. (List of fossil and recent mollusks given on ]>. 350-354). Bartsch, P. :03. A new Iandshell from California. Proceedings Biological Society Washington, vol. 1(1, p. 103-104, June, 1903. (Sonorella waleottiana n. sp. described from Palm Springs). :04. Sonorella wolcottiana — a correction. Proceedings Biological Society Washington, vol, 17, p. 101, April, 1904. :04a. Notes on the genus Sonorella, with descriptions of new species. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections (Quarterly Issue), vol. 47, p. 187- 200, pi. 28 33, October, 1904. (Sonorella baileyi orcutti n. subsp. described from Colorado Desert, with discussion and figures of allied Desert species). BlNNEY, W. G. '65. Land and fresh water shells of North America. Part II. Pulmonata limnophila and thalassophila. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, vol. 7, no. 113, p. i ix, 1 171, text, fig. 1 261, September, L865. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 77 '65a. Land and fresh-water shells of North America. Part III. Ampui- Iariidae, Valvatidae, Viviparidae, fresh-water Rissoidae, Cyclophoridae, Truncatellidae, fresh-water Neritidae, Helicinidae. Smithsonian Mis- cellaneous Collections, vol. 7, no. 144, p. i-viii, 1-120, text fig. 1-232, September, 1865. Bryant, F. W. :00. Description of a new Calil'ornian land shell. Nautilus, vol. 13, j). 122, March, 1900. Repr. in West American Scientist, vol. 11, p. 31, May, 1900 (Epiphragmophora Bowersi n. sp. described from "San Jacinto Mts.") :00a. Epiphragmophora harperi, n. sp. Nautilus, vol. 13, p. 143-141, April, 1900. Repr. in West American Scientist, vol. 11, p. 30, May, 1900. (Epiphragmophora harperi n. sp. described from "San Jacinto Mts."). Carpenter, P. P. '64. A supplementary report on the present state of our knowledge with regard to the Mollusca of the west coast of North America. Report British Association Advancement Science, 1863, p. 517-686, August, 1864. Repr. in Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, p. 1-172, December, 1872. (Some of Gould's fresh-water species noted on p. 593, 674, 676 [79, 160, 162]). Cooper, J. G. '92. Catalogue of the land and fresh-water Mollusca of Lower California. Zoe. vol. 3, p. 12-25, 1892. (Contains notes on Helix carpenteii, var. indioen- sis Yates, and certain fresh water species of the Colorado Desert). Conrad, T. A. '55. Description of a new species of Melania. Proceedings Academy Natural Sciences Philadelphia, vol. 7, p. 269, 1855. (Melania exigua n. sp. described from Colorado Desert). Dall, W. H. '96. Report on the mollusks collected by the International Boundary Commission of the United States and Mexico, 1892-1894. Proceeding United States National Museum, vol. 19, p. 333-379, pi. 31-33, 1896. (Contains notes on a number of the desert mollusks). Frauenfield, G. Ritter von. '63. Vorlaufige Aufzahlung der Arten der Gattungen Hydrobia Htm. und Amnicola Gld. Hldm., in der Kaiserlichen und in Cuming's Sammlung. Verhandlungen d. k. k. zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien, 1863, p. 1025. (Bythinella seemani n. sp. described from Durango, Northwestern Mexico). Gould, A. A. '55. New species of land and fresh-water shells from western (N.) America. Proceedings Boston Society Natural History, vol. 5, p. 126-130, February- March, 1855. (Contains descriptions of following new species of fresh water mollusks from various localities in the Colorado Desert: Physu humerosa, Planorbis ammon, Planorbis graeilentus , Amnicola protea, Amnicola longinqua). '56. [Descriptions of shells]. Proceedings Boston Society Natural History, vol. 6, p. 11, October, 1856. (Helix damasceuus n. sp. described from "Desert region east of California." May be extralimital to present paper). 78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXIV '56a. Catalogue of the recent shells, with descriptions of the new species. Reports of explorations and surveys . . . for a railroad . . . to the Pacific Ocean ... in 1853-4, vol. 5, pt. 2, Appendix, p. 330-336, pi. 11, 1856. (Contains further descriptions and figures of mollusks named in '.-,5). '62. Otia conchologica: descriptions of shells and mollusks, from 1839 to 1862. p. 1-256, Svo, Boston, 1862. (Contains reprints of Gould, '55 and '56). Hannibal, H. :12. The aquatic molluscs of southern California and adjacent regions, a Transition fauna. Constituting Part II of "A census of the land and fresh- water mollusks cf south-western California." Bulletin Southern California Academy Sciences, vol. 11, p. 18-46, pi., January, 1912. :12a. A synopsis of the recent and tertiary fresh-water molluscaof the Californian Province, based upon an ontogenetic classification. Proceedings Malacological Society London, vol. 10, p. 112-211, pi. 5-8, June-September, 1912. Lea, I. '52. Descriptions of new species of the family Unionidae. Transactions American Philosophical Society, (2), vol. 10, p. 253-294, pi. 12-29, 1852. (Same paper appears in Observations on the genus Unio, etc., vol. 5, p. 1-62, pi. 12-29, 1852. {A nodonta Californiensisn. sp. described from "Rio Colorado, California"). Okcutt, C. R. '89. Recent and sub-fossil shells of the Colorado Desert. West American Scientist, vol. 6, p. 92-93, August, 1889. '89a. Editorial. West American Scientist, vol. 6, p. 95-96, August, 1889. (On p. 96 notes discovery of a new Helix at Indio by Dr. Bowers.) '90. West American notes. Nautilus, v. 4, p. 67-68, October, 1890. i Contains references to Helix indioensis Yates and other desert mollusks). '91. Contributions to West American Mollusca. — 1. West American Scientist, vol. 7, p. 222-224, September, 1891. (Contains note on Helix carpenteri var. indioensis Yates). :00. Notes and news. West American Scientist ,vol. 11, p. 70, July, 1900 (appears also in id., vol. 11, p. 28, August, 1900). (Contains notes (unimportant) on Epiphragmophora Harperi and Bow rsi, Bryant). PlLSBRY, H. A. '97- '98. A classified catalogue of American land shells, with localities. Nautilus, vol. 11, p. 45-48, 59-60, 71-72, 83-S4, 93-96, 105-108, 117-120, 127-132, L38-144, August, 1897-April, 1898, Reprinted, with corrections, by II. A. Pilsbry and C, W. Johnson, p. 1-35, Philadelphia, 1898. '99. ( 'at aloguc of the Amnicolidae of the western United States. Nautilus, vol. 12, p. 121-127, March, 1899. (Contains notes on Paludestrina longinqua, protea, etc.). :()(). Sonorella, a new genus of Helices. Proceedings Academy Natural Sciences Philadelphia, 1liclls in tufa of prehistoric Blake Sea at Travertine Point, etc., noted on ]». 81, 83). 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 81 MacDougal, D. T. :14. General discussion. Carnegie Institution Washington Publication 193, p. 173-182, June, 1914. (An important paper; mentions occurrence of shells of fresh-water mollusks in the travertine on p. 173). :15. The Salton Sea. American Journal Science, (4), vol. 39, p. 231- 250, text fig. 1-6, March, 1915. (Occurrence of fossil fresh-water mollusks noticed on p. 233). Mendenhall, W. C. :09. Ground waters of the Indio Region, California, with a sketch of the Colorado Desert (60th Congress, 2d Sess., House of Representatives Document 1296) United States Geological Survey Water-Supply Paper 225, p. 1-56, text fig. 1-5, pi. 1-12, 1909. (Occurrence of shells of fresh- water mollusks on floor of desert mentioned on pp. 18, 19). Orcutt, C. R. '90. The Colorado Desert, West American Scientist, vol. 7, p. 55, 1890. '90. The Colorado Desert, Tenth Annual Report California State Min- eralogist, p. 899-919, 1890. :01. The Colorado Desert, West American Scientist, vol. 12, p. 2-14, July, 1901. Parish, S. B. :14. Plant ecology and fioristics of Salton Sink. Carnegie Institution Washington Publication 193, p. 85-114, June, 1914. (On p. 85 mentions oc- currence of shells of fresh-water mollusks in the soil). Veatch, J. A. '57. Mud volcanoes of the Colorado Desert. Proceedings California Academy Sciences, vol. 1, p. 104-108, 1857. C— WORKS MORE OR LESS EXTRA-L1MITAL, BUT WITH IMPORTANT BEARING. Clapp, G. H. :07. Epiphragmophora (Micrarionta) hutsoni n. sp. Nautilus, vol. 20, p. 136-137, pi. 9, fig. 1-4, April, 1907. :08. New land shells from Arizona and New Mexico. Nautilus, vol. 22, p. 76-78, 96, pi. 7, pi. 8, fig. 1-3, December 1908 to March 1909. Edson, H. M., & Hannibal, H. :11. A census of the land and fresh-water mollusks of southwestern California. Part 1 — Land Mollusca, Bulletin Southern California Academy Sciences, vol. 10, p. 47-64, 1 pi., July, 1911. (P. 56-57 records Thysanophora ingorsolli from South Mission Canyon, San Bernardino Mts.). Lewis, J. '75. [Anodonta dejecta nov.] Field and Forest, vol. 1, p. 26, 1875. '75. Description of a new species of Anodonta. In Yarrow, H. C, — Report upon the collections of terrestrial and fluviatile Mollusca made in portions of Colorado, Utah, New Mexico, and Arizona, during the years 1872, 1873, and 1874— Final Report United States Geological Survey West of the 100th Meridian [Wheeler Exp.], vol. 5, p. 952-953, 1875. {Anodonta dejecta n. sp.). Pilsbrv, H. A. :13. Notes upon some Lower California!! Helices. Proceedings Academy 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXIV Natural Sciences Philadelphia, 1913, p. 380-393, text fig. 1-3, pi. 15-10, .Inly, 1913. (Contains some valuable general notes on Micrarionta). :19. A new California]! Micrarionta. Nautilus, vol. 33, p. 53, October, 1919. {Micrarionta rixfordi n. sp. described from 10 m. west of Twenty- nine Palms). PlLSBRY, H. A., & Ferriss, J. H. :08. A now Micrarionta from Arizona. Nautilus, vol. 21, p. 134-130, pi. 11, fig. 0-10, April, 1908. (Paper contains some valuable general notes on genera Micrarionta and SonoreUa). SlMFSON, C. T. '93. A new Anodonta. Nautilus, vol. 0, p. 134-135, April, 1893. (Ano- donta Mearnsiana n. sp. described from San Bernardino Ranch, Mexican Boundary, Arizona ;= dejecta Lewis). '94. T3'pes of Anodonta dejecta rediscovered. Nautilus, vol. 8, p. 52-53, September, 1894. 3.- — SPECIES COLLECTED IN THE COLORADO DESERT IN 1919 AND 1920, WITH NOTES ON OTHERS. Source of Material. — In March, 1919, Mr. George Willett of Los Angeles visited the Desert in the neighborhood of Palm Springs and Indian Well, and made a small but interesting collec- tion of land snails, including some "live shells" of Micrarionta wolcottiana, which he kindly turned over to the present writer for study. A year later Mr. Allyn G. Smith of Redlands and Berkeley made a brief stay in the same region. He returned with so many interesting specimens, including the most remarkable find of living wolcottiana hitherto made, that early in April Mr. Smith, Mr. .1. Stanley Ferguson of Redlands, and the writer, with automobile aid, undertook a three-day reconnaissance of the upper end of the des- ert, collections being made at sixteen stations. Although but ten species of mollusks were taken on this expedition, two of these prove to be undescribed, and another constitutes a new record for Hie slate of California. All told, six of the ten species are additions to our list of the; Desert fauna. This material now becomes the principal basis of the present paper, although a series of specimens received from the California Academy of Sciences through the kind- ness of Dr. Barton Warren Evermann, Director, and Mr. W. W. Sargeant, Secretary, and a specimen kindly given by Mr. C. R. Gh- ent i, are also considered. I am happy to acknowledge my indebt- edness to all these gentlemen, as well as to Dr. Emmet Rixford of San Francisco, who kindly loaned me some useful comparative material from his own collection. I am under obligation to Dr. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 83 Joseph Grinnell of the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California for the use of the accompanying outline map. List of Stations, with Data. — Although collecting was done in three groups of mountains, the San Bernardino, San Jacinto, and Santa Rosa ranges,3 all the localities visited are within the limits of Riverside County, California and in the border zone of the Colorado Desert. On the expedition participated in by the writer land snails were taken at fourteen stations, namely Stations I, II, III, IV, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII, XIV, XVI, and XVII. Fresh- water mollusks were taken at three stations, XII, XIII, and XV. One station, V, yielded no collections. Certain stations which were worked by only one of the party are indicated accordingly. Station I. Under stones and shrubs on steep talus slope of decomposed granite, west side of Whitewater Canyon, about one mile above mouth, San Bernardino Mts.; alt. 1,700 ft.; April 1, 1920. (Plate VIII, fig. 1.) Station II. Among loose leaves and mould under small tree (probably Rhus sp.) on rough wall of small side canyon on east side of Whitewater Canyon, near first principal bend, San Bernar- dino Mts.; alt. 1,800 ft.; April 1, 1920. (Plate VIII, fig. 2). Station III. Base of west wall Whitewater Canyon, nearly opposite Station II, San Bernardino Mts.; alt. 1,700ft.; April 1, 1920; A. G. Smith. (Plate VIII, fig. 1). Station IV. Among granite -blocks on lower portion of slope, base of San Jacinto Mts., back of Palm Springs; alt. 500 ft.; April 1, 1920; S. S. Berry. Station V. Point Happy, Santa Rosa Mts., east of Indian Well; alt. 200-400 ft.; search at night by aid of electric flash-lamp yielded no results; poor place; April 1, 1920; A. G. Smith. Station VI. Among granite rocks at head of cove in spur of Santa Rosa Mts., southeast of Indian Well; alt, 250-300 ft., April 2, 1920; slope steep, dry, and with little vegetation. 3 So far as I can discover there is little to be gained by the prevailing recognition of the San Jacinto and Santa Rosa mountain groups as separate ranges. Palm Canyon or it might be more explicit to say, Palm Creek, is the only distinguish- able boundary between them. Consequently, in clinging to the standard ter- minology, one must accredit all stations east of this creek to the Santa Rcsa, west of it, to the San Jacintos. 84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY Of [VOL. LXXIV Station VII. Among granite rocks on steep slope close to Highway about 5 miles west of Indian Well, Santa Rosa Mts.; alt. 400-600 ft.; April 2, 1920; little moisture, vegetation scanty. Station VIII. Among granite rocks on west slope of promontory of Santa Rosa Mts. across valley from Palm Springs; alt. 500 ft.; April 2, 1920; dry, poor situation. Station IX. Among shrubs and loose rocks on east slope of West Fork of Palm Canyon, San Jacinto Mts.; alt. 750 ft.; April 2, 1920, S. S. Berry. Stat i on X. On ridge above the Hermit's cabin, west slope of Palm Canyon, San Jacinto Mts.; alt. 100-1,100 ft., April 2, 1920, A. G. Smith. Station XI. East slope Palm Canyon, above junction with Little Palm Creek, Santa Rosa Mts.; alt, 900-1,300 ft,; April 2-3, 1920; slope covered with large rocks, shrubs, cacti, and smaller plants; search made from 9:30 to 10:00 P. M. by aid of electric Hash-lamp, and by daylight from 6:00 to 10:00 A. M. (Plate VIII, fig. 3; Plate IX, fig. 1). Station XII. Drift of storm rivulets along west side of Palm Creek just above junction with Little Palm Creek, San Jacinto Mts.; alt, 900 ft,; April 3, 1920. (Plate IX, fig. 1). Station XIII. Little Palm Creek, just above junction with main stream, Santa Rosa Mts. ; alt, 900 ft. ; April 3, 1920. (Plate I, fig. 3). Station XIV. Moist slope, upper Little Palm Canyon, Santa Rosa Mts.; alt. 1,200 ft,; April 3, 1920; A. G. Smith. Station XV. Spring on east slope of Palm Canyon below junction with Little Palm Creek, Santa Rosa Mts.; alt, 850 ft.; April 3, 1920. Station XVI. Marshy spot on west slope of Palm Canyon, San Jacinto Mts., alt. 800 ft.; April 3, 1920; A. G. Smith. Station XVII. Base of San Jacinto Mts. just west of entrance to Snow Creek Canyon; alt, 1,500 ft, ; April 3, 1,920; moist slope with trees and much other vegetation, has appearance of fine snail country, but the most industrious stone turning and digging yielded scanty results. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 85 4. ANNOTATED LIST OF SPECIES. HELICIDAE Genus MICRARIONTA Ancy 1880 This group, long subordinated as a section or subgenus of Distribution of genus Micrarionta in California and western Arizona, with special reference to the desert species, subgenus Eremarionta (indicated by capital letters). Epiphragmophora, has recently been elevated on anatomical 86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OT [VOL. LXXIV grounds to full generic rank by Pilsbry and Ferriss (:08, p. 135-136), who refer to it not only the typical species found on the southern California coast and islands, but also the desert forms of the Colorado basin. Tentatively admitting the propriety of this arrangement, at least until the proper relationship of all the western dart-bearing Helices to the more austral true Epiphragmo- phoras becomes more clear than I believe it to be at present, there still seem to exist abundant reasons for a further separation of the two very distinct Californian groups of Micrarionta into subgenera. All the species known fall easily into one or the other of these, the maritime species into Micrarionta s. s., the desert ones into Pilsbry 's group Eremarionia. Subgenus EREMARIONTA Pilsbry 1913 Shell almost always whitish or pale fawn colored or light brown, with a darker band above the periphery. Spiral sculpture wanting. Nuclear whorls sculptured with curiously formed, elongate papillae, sometimes bearing hair-like periostracal projections, and arranged in oblique, forward slanting lines, the radial sculpture being generally relatively inconspicuous. Type: Micrarionta desertorum Pilsbry and Ferriss. To judge from the nature of the shell characters, and especially the details of the embryonic sculpture, all the following previously described species seem referable to Eremarionta. The anatomy, however, has been investigated (by Pilsbry) only in the case of the first three: Micrarionta desertorum Pilsbry and Ferriss, Sono- rella wolcottiand Bartsch, Micrarionta hutsoni Clapp, Epiphragmo- phora harperi Bryant, Sonorella (baileyi) orcutti Bartsch, Helix (( 'arpenteri, var.) Indiocnsis Yates, Sonorella argus Edson, Mic- rarionta rixfordi Pilsbry. To these should logically be added Sonorella baileyi Bartsch and Sonorella fisheri Bartsch, which I have not seen, and the two new species to be described, with perhaps also the Epiphragmophora bmversi Bryant, the whole forming a rather weakly differentiated concourse of species entirely confined to the desert regions border- ing the Colorado River and its basin, in southeastern California and western Arizona. On the other hand the species of typical Micrarionta are all maritime and in their distribution well separated from the Eremar- ionta group, unless, as there are reasons for suspecting, the numerous Lower California Helices now generally referred to Sonorella 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 87 actually prove to be true Eremariontas, which would cause the areas inhabited by the two groups slightly to overlap. So far as at present known, Micrarionta s. s. is confined to the islands and adjacent mainland of California and northern Lower California. The typical section seems now to be restricted to the islands the section Xerarionta alone occuring upon both islands and mainland. An examination of these maritime forms shows that although subject to much variation in form and sculpture as among them- selves, so as to fall readily into several fairly well delimited sub- groups, they all agree in having a nuclear sculpture of simple, wavy, or anastomosing radial riblets, often obsolete, but not papillose or only obscurely so, and never, so far as I ha\ e been able to discover, showing a definite system of elongate papillae as in the desert species. Eremarionta, then, is evidently wholly and characteristically Lower Sonoran in a faunal sense. It is probably also, at least in large degree, characteristic of what mammalogists and others have denominated the Rupestrine association of that zone. Possibly both groups will eventually find a place as subgenera of one of the other West American genera. Micrarionta aquae-albae new species. Plate VIII, fig. 2; Plate IX, figs, 2-6. Shell small, thin, depressed-conic, umbilicate, the umbilicus deeply permeable, its diameter contained about six times in that of the shell. Whorls four, convex, subcarinate, with deeply channeled sutures, the last whorl only slightly descending in front. Aperture ample, obscurely angulate at the periphery, strongly oblique, its deflection about 40°. Peristome thin, sharp, not reflected except slightly at the umbilicus, its edges strongly con- verging and connected by a thin parietal callus. Pcriostracum slightly dehiscent, rather harsh and coarse for the size of the shell, being roughened not only by the lines of growth, but by a very close, fine, everywhere persistent, radial wrinkling, and by an overlying system of small papillae, which are elongate and so crowded as to be almost anastomosing on the first whorl, subse- quently becoming more distinct, granular in appearance, and evidently ranked in fairly well defined, forward slanting lines. Papillae on body whorl show a progressively less regular arrange- ment until on the base they become smaller and more crowded and their linear arrangement is no longer evident. Color of dry shell near Saccardo's umber of Iiidgway, slightly lighter below, with a narrow, very obscure sepia band just above the periphery. Body whorl of shell on living animal snuff brown, with sepia spots where mantle pigment shows through. Color of animal, — upper portion of body slate, the margins neutral gray; mantle a little 88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV lighter than "pale grayish vinaceous, " conspicuously maculated or spotted with slate on surface next shell; sole of foot light mouse gray, shading at edge1 to neutral gray. Maximum Minimum Diameter Number Diameter Diameter Altitude Umbilicus of Whorls mm. mm. mm. mm. Type 7.7 0 . G 4.5 1.2 4 Paratype (largest dead shell) 7.6 6.6 4.5 1.3 4 Paratype 6.5 5.4 3.5 1.2 3% Paratype (dead shell)... 7.0 5.7 3.7 1.2 :;•"■, Station I (live shell). .. 7.4 6.2 4.3 1.2 4 Station I (dead shell) . . 7.3 6.1 4.0 1.2 4 Type : Berry Collection Cat. No. 4,890. Paratypes in the museum of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, The Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences, and the private collection of Allyn G. Smith. Type locality: Station II; among loose leaves and mould under ;i small tree (probably Rhus sp.,) in gulch on east side of White- water Canyon, near first bend to west, alt. ca. 1,800 ft.; San Ber- nardino Mountains, California; April 1, 1920; 4 living, 21 dead shells. Also Station I ; talus slope on west side of Whitewater Canyon, about 1 mile above mouth; alt. ca. 1,700 ft.; San Ber- nardino Mountains, California; April 1, 1920; 1 living, 17 dead shells. Unassuming enough at first glance and even reminding one somewhat of some of the common small land snails of the type of Gonyodiscus, or of certain of the lesser Arizonian Oreohelices, close inspect 'on reveals this little snail as very distinct from all described American species. Its harshly shagreened periostracum, though furnishing almost its only striking specific character, is unlike that of any other snail I have noticed. This feature is evidently but an elaboration of the type of sculpture so characteristic of the earlier whorls in such species as hutsoni, wolcottiana. Hence it seems appropriate to refer the species, at least until its anatomy can be investigated, to Eremarionta.4 All its other features, coarse periostracum, texture of shell, and particularly the conspicuously spotted mantle, must be confessed to resemble those of no other Eremarionta which has been described, being more like these of some of the species of the Helminthoglypta group. 4A dissection made by Dr. H. A. Pilsbury sinee this paper went to press has shown this species to possess (he usual genitalia of Micrarionta. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 89 Micrarionta wolcottiana (Bartsch 1903) Plate I, fig. 3. ? 1890. Helix Traskii, form, Orcutt, Nautilus, vol. 4, p. 67 (recorded from Palm Canyon and Snow Creek.) 1903. SonareUa wolcottiana Bartsch, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 1G, p. 103. 1904. Sonorella wolcottiana Bartsch, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., vol. 17, p. 101. (emended spelling). 1904. Sonorella wolcottiana Bartsch, Smiths, Misc. Coll., vol. 47, p. 187, 188, pi. 28; pi. 31, fig. 4. 1905. Sonorella wolcottiana Pilsbry, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1905, p. 254 (passing mention). 1908. Micrarionta wolcottiana Pilsbry & Ferriss, Nautilus, vol. 21, p. 135 (brief note). 1918. Micrarionta wolcottiana Pilsbry, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1918, p. 139, text fig. 1 (anatomy). 1921. Micrarionta wolcottiana Pillsbry, Nautilus, vol. 35, p. 48 (noted north of Palm Canyon). The shell of this species has already been well described and fig- ured by Bartsch (:03, :04a) although many more figures will be re- quired to show the remarkable variations to which even the mem- bers of a single colony are subject. Certain anatomical features of taxonomic importance have likewise received treatment at the com- petent hands of Pilsbry (:18). To the published information the following color notes on the shell and animal may well be added. The body of the living animal is Chaetura drab passing to drab at the margin, and with a narrow stripe of hair brown along the medio- dorsal line. The sole is wood brown shading to avellaneous at the margin. The shell on the living animal is white (on its thicker portions), passing through vinaceous buff and intermediate shades to hair brown. The empty shell of the adult is light in tone, the body whorl varying from Tilleul buff to avellaneous, paling on the spire to cartridge buff or almost to pinkish buff, and in the immediate vicinity of the umbilicus to pale vinaceous fawn or almost white. The shoulder band, usually bordered above and below by a similar band of whitish, is quite a dark liver brown, often showing a sort of breaking up into two components, the d arker one appearing with odd effect to overlie a lighter and brighter one of cinnamon rufous tone, Young and immature shells before the formation of the peristome are invariably much darker and brighter in color than the adults, the body of the shell a rather light snuff brown, toning to avellaneous on the spire and vinace- ous buff at the umbilicus. Fifteen specimens in the collection of Allyn G. Smith yield the following caliper measurements: 90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXIV Locality Mu rray Canyon . . Murray Canyon.. Murray Canyon.. Murray Canyon.. Murray Canyon.. Murray Canyon.. Tahquitz Canyon Tahquitz Canyon . Tahquitz Canyon . Tahquitz Canyon . Tahquitz Canyon . Maximum Minimum Diameter Diameter lnm 24.0 23 21 20 20 19.0 25.3 24.6 24.7 20.7 20.3 mm. 19.8 20.4 17.5 17.0 17.1 15.8 20.6 20.5 20.2 17.2 16.7 Altitude mm. 15.1 15.5 12.7 13.2 13.4 11.6 15.5 18.5 15.3 13.6 14.1 Diameter Umbilicus 2.0 2.0 1.8 1.8 2.3 1.5 Condition of Umbilicus nearly covered nearly covered partly covered partly covered partly covered partly covered partly covered covered covered partly covered nearly covered Aperture deflection of last specimen mentioned in table, 50°. Material has been examined as follows: No. Spec- Locality imens 3 Base of San Jacinto Mts., W. of Snow Or. Canyon 7 Slope back of Palm Springs, San Jacinto Mts. 9 do (i do 100% Entrance to Tahquitz Can- yon, San Jacinto Mts. 1 (i Murray Canyon, San Jacinto Mts. 9 West Fork Palm Canyon, San Jacinto Mts. 12 West side PalmCanyon, San Jacinto Mts. 20 East side Palm Canyon, Santa Rosa Mts. 1 Little Palm Canyon, Santa Rosa Mts. 2 Promontory E. of Palm Valley, Santa Rosa Mts. Altitude Collector Date Condition 1,500 ft. Sta. XV11 Apr. 3, 1920 dead 500ft. Geo. Willett Mar. 18, 1919 living " ft. A. G. Smith Mar. 25, 1920 1 living " ft. Sta. IV Apr. 1, 1920 dead A. G. Smith Mar. 25, 1920 living 1,500- 2,000 ft. A.G.Smith Mar. 24, 1920 living 750 ft. Sta. IX 100- 1,100 ft. Sta. X 900- 1 ,300 ft. Sta. XI 1,200ft, Sta. XIV 500 ft. Sta. Vlll Apr. 2, 1920 dead Apr. 2, 1920 dead 2 adults Apr. 2-3, 1920 1 juv. living Apr. 3, 1920 dead Apr. 2, 1920 dead One of the principal objects of our expedition of April, 1920, was to establish certain facts regarding the range of this most conspicuous of the desert snails. While its extreme limits were probably not ascertained, we collected it at many stations, from Station Y1II on the promontory at the mouth of Palm Valley on the east, up Palm Canyon and Little Palm Canyon to Stations XI and XIV, and thence around Palm Valley via Stations XII, IX, and IV to Palm Springs, and then again at Station XVII on the slope just west of the entrance to Snow Creek Canyon, well up into the San Gorgonie Pass. Mr. Smith had previously collected the species in some numbers in the lower part of Murray 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 91 Canyon (on both slopes), and more especially at the mouth of Tahquitz Canyon. He must have happened on a remarkably favored location at a fortunate time, for on the later expedition we failed to meet with living specimens in any numbers anywhere, whereas only a week before he had taken over a hundred in the open at the latter locality alone. On that occasion he found the snails abundant and crawling actively on the surface among big slabs of granite and under bushes on quite a moist slope, where they seemed to constitute quite a definite colony. The time was between 8:00 and 9:30 A. M. In Murray Canyon where he had collected the previous afternoon, Mr. Smith found dead shells fairly common on both slopes of the canyon along its lower course, but live shells were only scattering and mostly to be found under stones, indeed only one being found crawling on the surface. In this canyon he could detect no indication of any association in colonies, and we found conditions in Palm. Canyon altogether similar in this respect. The slope back of the Palm Springs Hotel, which, by the way, impressed us as by no means the best collecting ground, is reputed to be the type locality. This was our Station IV, or at any rate not far from it. Orcutt ('90, p. 67) has already recorded a snail which he collected at Snow Creek Canyon as Helix traskii, but at that time the peculiarities of the desert snails were little understood, and I think there is small doubt that his shells were really wolcottiana. The fact that we collected indubitable specimens of the species so near there and actually to the west supports this contention. True Epiphragmophora traskii is still unknown from the desert drainage. As is brought out in the table of measurements, wolcottiana is an extremely variable species even within the confines of a single circumscribed colony like that found at the mouth of Tahquitz Canyon. Some are fairly depressed, some strongly elevated, some large, some with less than one-half the bulk, some extremely thin, some thick and heavy, some with the narrow umbilicus left nearly free, others with it entirely closed, and so on. The color of the animal, too, shows a considerable range of variability, though always strikingly different from, that, for instance, of the following species. On the other hand the shells of adults vary little in color. Young shells are always much darker and brighter than adults, their bright snuff brown color being quite unlike that of any other species of desert snail. 92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXIV The canyons inhabited by this snail are generally noteworthy for their growth of the palm, Neowashingtonia, but the palms occur principally in close proximity to the creek bed, while the snails inhabit the immediately adjacent slopes. Micrarionta xerophila new species. Plate X, figs. 1-4. Shell strongly depressed, of moderate weight; whorls convex; sutures distinct; last whorl strongly descending behind peristome. Umbilicus of moderate width, being contained about seven times the diameter of the shell, funicular, permeable. Aperture strongly oblique, its deflexion about 45°. Peristome distinctly thickened, its margin somewhat reflected, especially near the umbilicus, the circular outline of which, however, is scarcely affected. Nuclear whorls heavily covered with elongate, moderately crowded papillae, more or less distinctly ranked in oblique, forward slanting lines; subsequent whorls showing gradually smaller, more granular, and less crowded papillae, which finally become practically obsolete on the body whorl both above and below. Spiral sculpture wanting. Periostracum, except for the papillae and numerous fine lines of growth, smooth, thin, lustrous. Shell moderately to conspicuously encircled by a narrow band, 0.5-1.0 mm. wide, varying in color from deep brownish vinaceous in light toned shells, to liver brown in darker ones, this band bordered above and below by very light bands about twice as wide, which vary from white to light ivory yellow; base of shell pale grayish vinaceous to avellaneous; region below suture pale grayish vinaceous to deep brownish vinaceous; shell on living animals pale olive buff, passing to cinnamon drab near suture, often much mottled or clouded. Body of animal varying from slate black to black, shading slightly lighter toward margin; mantle neutral gray to slate gray, without conspicuous pigment patches; sole of foot deep neutral gray, shading rather abruptly to blackish slate at margin. Maximum Minimum Diameter Number of Diameter Diameter Altitude Umbilicus Whorls mm. mm. mm. mm. hiratvpe (dead shell ). . 17.0 14.0 10.1 2.4 4% Paratype, Smith Coll... 16. S 13. S 9.3 2.3 4% Paratype (dead shell) . . 16.3 13.5 10.3 2.3 4% Type 16.7 13.5 9.2 2.3 4Y2 Paratype 14.0 11.7 8.2 2.0 4Y2 Type: Berry Collection Cat. No. 4,888. Paratypes in the museum of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, the California Academy of Sciences, and tin; private collection of Allyn G. Smith. Type Locality. Station VII; in crevices and under stones on slope on Ocean to Ocean Highway, 5 miles west of Indian Well, Riverside County, California; alt. 400-000 ft.; April 2, 1920, 4 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 93 living, 18 dead shells. Also found 1 mile south of Indian Well, Riverside County, California; George Willett, March, 1919; 6 liv- ing specimens. This very attractive little snail in many respects recalls Pilsbry's description of his Micrarionta rixfordi, but the umbilicus is narrower, and the sculpturing of the earlier whorls evidently quite different. As the two species come from different mountain systems, with the whole upper Cahuilla Basin between, it is doubtful if they are as nearly allied as the descriptions superficially indicate. To my notion, M. hidioensis is really the nearest akin to xerophila of any of those previously described. Its larger size, more elevated outline, and narrower umbilicus serve to distinguish it, but it is the same general type of shell, and it may be that enough inter- grades will come to light in intervening territory to reduce M. xerophila to the status of a subspecies. In fact, the small series of snails above noted which Mr. Willett collected to the south of Indian Well may represent one of the intermediate forms, as his specimens, though surely not all typical of indioensis, are yet not quite characteristic of xerophila. It seems best to refer them to the latter species at least tentatively, as the available information regarding the possible limits of variation in all these forms is still very scanty. The dead shells were either picked up on the surface or from among loose soil and rocks, but living ones could be obtained only by digging out the loose detritus in the lee of large rocks, following up crevices, or turning stones. They were generally within a few inches of the surface, and wherever deeper digging was attempted we met with no success. Micrarionta indioensis (Yates 1890) 1889. New species of Helix Orcutt, W. Am. Hoi., vol. 6, p. 96 (brief note). 1890. Helix Carpenteri var., Yates, Nautilus, vol. 4, p. 51. 1890. Helix (Arionta) Carpenteri var. Indioensis Yates, Nautilus, vol. 4, p. 63. 1S90. Helix Traskii, form, Orcutt, Nautilus, vol. 4, p. 07. 1891. Helix Traskii, var. Indioensis Orcutt, W. Am. Sci., vol. 7, p. 223 (brief note). 1892. Helix rowellii (pars) Cooper, Zoe, vol. 3, p. 19 (brief note). 1894. Epiphragmophora indioensis Pilsbry, Man. Conch., (2), vol. 9, p. 199 (teste Bartsch). 1896. Epiphragmophora indioensis Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 19, p. 337, 366 (brief note). 1897. Epiphragmophora indioensis Pilsbry, Nautilus, vol. 11, p. 59 (merely catalogued). 1898. Epiphragmophora indioensis Pilsbry, Cat. Am. Land Sh., p. 5 (merely catalogued). 94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXIV 1900. Sonorella indioensis Pilsbry, Proc. Ac. Nat. »Sci. Phila., 1900, p. 550 (passing mention). 1904. Sonorella indioensis Bartsch, Smiths, Misc. Coll., vol. 47, p. 187, 189, pi. 33, fig. 1. 1908. Micrarionta indioensis Pilsbry & Ferriss, Nautilus, vol. 21, p. 135 (brief note). This is the longest known of the desert Helices, yet does not seem to have been collected many times, and I cannot find thai living specimens have ever been taken. In spite of much exertion, we ourselves were no more fortunate than our predecessors in this respect. The type locality is said to be "near Indio, " but without doubt this can be emended to "south of Indio," rather than north, as the dead shells found by us in the cove back of Indian Well are, except for their slightly smaller size, so nearly typical as to indicate I hat the original specimens could not have been collected so very far away. At this point the steep slope is, at the present time, very dry, supporting only the scantiest vegetation, and even dead shells proved difficult to find, although occurring scattered loosely on the surface from, near the base of the slope to the top of the ridge. Only 11 fairly good shells was the total catch of the party in an hour or so of work. This and M. xerophila appear to be species of the Santa Rosa Range; they are unknown from the Sau Jacintos. The largest specimen at hand measures: maximum diameter. 18.6; minimum diameter, 15.1 ; altitude, 10.5; diameter of umbilicus, 2.0 mm. It has 4 % whorls. Micrarionta harperi (Bryant 1900) Plate X, figs. 5-S. 1900. Epiphramophora harperi Bryant, Nautilus, vol. 13, p. 143. 1900. Epiphragmophora Harperi Bryant, W. Am. Sci., voi. 11, p. 30 (re- print of preceding). 1900. Epiphragmophora Harperi Orcutt, W. Am. Sci., vol. 11, no. 91, p. 70; no. 92, p. 28 (brief note). Shell strongly depressed, of moderate weight; whorls convex; sutures distinct; last whorl strong y descending behind peristome. Umbilicus wide and deep, contained about six times in the diameter of (he shell, funicular, permeable, all the whorls easily visible to the apex. Aperture strongly oblique, its deflexion about 45-50°. Peristome but little thickened hardly reflexed except slightly at the umbilicus, which it barely indents. Nuclear whorls heavily covered with narrow, elongate papillae, ranked in oblique, forward slanting lines so close together as to be almost or quite confluent. the lines thus be ng transformed practically into low lirae; papillae on subsequent whorls less crowded and always smaller and rounder than the foregoing , being very obscure on the upper surface of the 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 95 last turn, minute, well spaced, and granular on almost the whole of the basal surface. Spiral sculpture wanting. Periostracum, except for the papillae and numerous fine lines of growth, smooth, thin, and lustrous. Shell white or very light ivory yellow, passing to avellaneous on the spire; a narrow fawn band, about 0.7 mm. wide encircling the shoulder, flanked both above and below by an obscure whitish band of approximately the same width. Maximum Minimum Diameter Number of Diameter Diameter Altitude Umbilicus Whorls mm. mm. mm. mm. Cal. Ac. Sci. 8.676A . . 15.5 13.0 8 . 5 2.5 4M Berry Cull. 4,767 15.0 12.5 8.2 2.4 4% Type Locality: "San Jacinto Mts., California" (Bryant). Material has been examined as follows: No. of Specimens Locality Collector Where Deposited 4 Warner's Hot Springs, F. W. Bryant Cal. Ac. Sci. 8.676A San Diego Co., Cal. 2 do F. W. Bryant Berry Coll. 4,767 On a visit to the California Academy of Sciences in San Francisco a year or two ago, it was a matter of great interest to discover among the material acquired by the Academy from the collection of the late Henry Hemphill, a small series of the little-known Epiphrag- mophora harperi Bryant, evidently authentic since received from Bryant himself. As the original description was only a short notice of a few lines, and nothing further regarding the species was ever published, I have ventured to redescribe it and to add figures of the best of the Academy specimens. More important still it is now possible to give Warner's Hot Springs as the locality, perhaps even the original locality, where the species was found, Bryant having obscurely recorded it as "San Jacinto Mts." Such des- scriptions and records surely were better never published, as they are sure to lead to misunderstandings and confusion, and much laborious research and waste of time to unravel the tangle. If the present specimens are truly originals, the present species can be established as a typical Eremarionta, although the peculiarities of the sculpture on the early whorls seem to have been pushed farther than in any other of the described species. M. orcutti Bartsch, however, is very close to this, and when better material of it can be found, it may prove to be identical. M. xerophila is another somewhat similar species, but is smaller, has a more lively colora- tion, and the umbilicus is much narrower, besides there being- manifest differences in the embryonic sculpture. 96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXIV With Bryant's description, as far as it goes, the specimens ex- amined show fair agreement. The chief discrepancies are in the number of whorls, which he gives as 5, his account of the first three whorls as smooth (conceivably because he did not use a sufficiently powerful lens), and, more disturbingly, his description of the peri- stome as "broadly expanded." He also states that the umbilicus is "about one-fifth" the diameter of the shell. I am hopeful that (he slightly larger size of his type specimen as compared with the present specimens and its evidently more adult condition are suf- ficient to account for most of the contrariety. Micrarionta orcutti (Bartsch 1904) 1904. Sonorella baileyi orcutti Bartsch, Smiths, Misc. Coll., vol. 47, p. 96, pi. 33, fig. 5. The type locality of this species is given by Bartsch as simply "in the Colorado desert." I once asked Mr. C. R. Orcutt, who collected the original specimens, if he possessed any more explicit data than this regarding their source. He informed me that he was no longer entirely certain, but believed the specimens described came from near Mountain Springs, Imperial County. If so, it ought not to be very difficult to rediscover the species. An immature specimen from the original lot kindly given me by Mr. Orcutt (Berry Coll. Cat. No. 3204) shows that orcutti is a characteristic Eremarionta in fact dangerously near to M. (E.) harperi Bryant, which is four years antecedent.5 The nuclear sculpture is eroded on this specimen, but in good material may show valid differences from the very peculiar ornamentation of harperi. In their propor- tions, depressed outline, and wide umbilicus, the shells of the two forms are very close. Genus HELMINTHOGLYPTA Ancey 1887 Helminthoglypta tudiculata (Binney 1843) var. 1843. Helix tudiculata Binney, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist., vol. 4. p. 360, pi. 20. The occurrence of this characteristic species of the coastal and 5 Were it not for this fact the inclusion of so many of the desert snails in Mic- rarionta would necessitate the renaming of this species, for the prior Epiphrag- mophora orcutti Dall 1904, belongs with kellettii and stearnsiana in Pilsbry's division Xerarionta of the former genus. There will, however, be plenty of time to suggest a name for it after the rediscovery of the type locality enables us to establish whether or not it is really taxonomically distinguishable from M. harperi. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 97 interior valleys well within the desert drainage system6 was wholly unexpected, but it is apparently a common species in Whitewater Canyon in the San Bernardino Mountains, where a live adult and 3 dead juvenals were taken at Station I, a live juvenal and 9 dead shells of various ages at Station II, and an adult bleached shell at Station III. None of the shells is of the typical coastal form, nor do they seem exactly referable to the subdolus or rufiterrae types of the San Jacinto and San Bernardino Valleys, but the material is insufficient to justify one's saying more. ZONITIDAE Genus ZONITOIDES Pilsbry Zonitoides minuscula (Binney 1840) 1840. Helix minuscula Binney, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist., vol. 3, p. 435, pi. 22, fig. 4. 1885. Zonites minusculus W. G. Binney, Man. Am. Land Sh., p. 19, 23, 25, 30, 31, 32, 35, 38, 57, 63, 479, fig. 18-20. Two specimens of this species were taken in the drift of Palm Canyon at Station XII. LIMACIDEA Genus AGRIOLIMAX Morch 1868 Agriolimax sp. Ten specimens of a small slug thought to be referable to this genus were taken on a moist slope in Little Palm Canyon, but the specific determination is still uncertain. They have been deposited in the collection of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. PUPILLIDAE Genus GASTROCOPTA Wollaston 1878 Gastrocopta pellucida hordeacella (Pilsbry 1890) 1890. Pupa hordeacella Pilsbry, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1890, p. 44, pi. 1, fig. g-k. 1916. Gastrocopta pellucida hordeacella, Pilsbry, Man. Conch., (2), vol. 24, p. 78, pi. 16; pi. 17, fig. 1-4. A scant dozen specimens o£ this minute Gastrocopta, picked from 6 It is appropriate to mention, however, that species of this genus must cross into the desert drainage at several points, for Mr. Smith has collected H. cuyama- censis in the wash at Warner's Hot Springs, and has found a large race of it (H. c. loivei Bartsch) at an elevation of 5,500 ft. on the east slope of Hot Springs Mountain in the same region. 98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [VOL. LXXIV the drift of Palm Canyon at Station XII, represent a small, narrow, quite evenly cylindrical form, somewhat different from the majority of Arizona specimens (e.g., drift of Salt River near Tempe, collected by L. -E. Daniels; drift of San Pedro River near Benson, collected by H. A. Pilsbry and L. E. Daniels; foothills of Plumosa Range, Yuma County, collected by George S. Hutson) with which I have been able to compare them. Pilsbry 's original figure, drawn from a Texas specimen, differs in much the same way. The material is, however, too scanty to be considered as showing that the Palm Canyon specimens belong to a race or subspecies realty distinguish- Figs. 1-4. Gastrocopta pellucida hordeacella (Pilsbry). Camera outlines of four specimens from Station XII, Palm Canyon, California, showing variation in contour of shell and form of denticles in aperture. able from true hordeacella. The specimens are of most interest in that the known distribution of the group of Pupillidae which they represent is thus pushed many miles to the westward. Indeed it is thought that the species is recorded here from the state of California for the first time. SUCCINEIDAE Genus SUCCINEA Draparnaud 1801 Succinea avara Say 1824. 1824. Succinea avara Say, App. Long Exp., p. 2, 60, pi. 15, fig. 6. 1885. Succinea avara Binney, Man. Am. Land Sh., p. 31, 33, 36, 59, 337, 839, 497, fig. 369. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 99 Two small specimens of this widespread species were taken under sticks at the margins of a springy spot at Station XVI in Palm Canyon. PHYSIDAE Genus PHYSA Draparnaud 1901 Physa sp. Specimens of a small Physa, which I have not ventured to deter- mine specifically, were found at three stations in Palm Canyon: dead in the drift at Station XII, living among algae in Little Palm Creek (Station XIII), and in a spring at Station XV farther down the main canyon. At this last point they were noted to be quite abundant. AMINICOLIDAE Genus PALUDESTRINA d'Orbigny 1S41 Paludestrina longinqua (Gould 1855) 1855. Amnicola longinqua Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 5, p. 130. 1857. Amnicola longinqua Gould, Pac. R. R. Rep., vol. 5, p. 333, pi. 11, fig. 10-11. 1899. Paludestrena longinqua Pilsbry, Nautilus, vol. 12, p. 122. A single minute shell tak- en in the drift of Palm Can- yon at Station XII has some- what the aspect of a small Amnicola, but is probably merely a juvenal of the wide- spread P. longinqua, so com- mon in the semi-fossil state in the Cahuilla Basin, and known living from various localities in the Cuyamaca Mountains and elsewhere. A camera drawing of the pres- _FiS5- Paludestnna longinqua (Gouid)? ... . , Camera outline of juvenal shell from Sta- ent specimen is appended. tion XII, Palm Canyon, California. Explanation of Plates VIII, IX, X. Note: The microphotographs of periostracal sculpture reproduced in the accompanying plates were made by Mr. John Howard Paine. The remaining specimen photographs were made by Messrs. John Howard Paine and Berton W. Crandall. The illustrations on Plate VIII, and fig. 1 of Plate IX, are from field photographs taken by the author. Plate VIII. — Fig. 1. — Lower Whitewater Canyon, San Bernardino Mountains, California, looking north. Stations I and III of the present paper are at the base of the canyon wall in the distance at the left. The two palms in the foreground are probably the westernmost endemic specimens of Neo- washingtonia filamentosa Sudw. Photograph taken April 1, 1920. Fig. 2. — South slope of small side canyon tributary to Whitewater Canyon, San Bernardino Mountains, California. Station II, the type locality of Micrarionta aquae-albae, is under the small tree to the right of the center of the picture. Photograph taken April 1, 1920. Fig. 3. — Looking down Little Palm Canyon, Riverside County, California, from a point on the east wall above the junction with the main canyon; a characteristic habitat of the snail, Micrarionta wolcottiana. Stations XI and XIII are near the center of the picture. The desert slopes of the San Jacinto Range above Palm Springs loom in the background. Photo- graph taken April 3, 1920. Plate IX. — Fig. 1. — Looking up the main fork of Palm Canyon, Riverside County, California, from a point near its junction with Little Palm Creek. The abundant palms are Neowashingtonia filamentosa Sudw. Stations X and XII are visible in the nearer distance. Photograph taken April 3, ,. 192°- Figs. 2-4. — Micrarionta aquae-albae n. sp. Three views of the type specimen, from Station II, Whitewater Canyon, California; x 4. Fig. 5. — Micrarionta aquae-albae n. sp. Upper surface of part of body whorl of type specimen a little back of the aperture, greatly magnified to show the periostracal sculpture; enlarged about 18 diameters. Fig. 6. — Micrarionta aquae-albae n. sp. Greatly magnified view of apical whorls of specimen from Station I, Whitewater Canyon, California, showing the periostracal sculpture; enlarged about 18 diameters. Plate X. — Figs. 1-3. — Micrarionta xerophila n. sp. Three views of type speci- men from Station VII, west of Indian Well, California; x 2. Fig. 4. — Micrarionta xerophila n. sp. Greatly magnified view of apical whorls of type specimen, showing the periostracal sculpture; enlarged about 19 diameters. Figs. 5-7. — Micrarionta harperi Bryant. Three views of specimen collected by Bryant at Warner's Hot Springs, California; Cal. Ac. Sci. 8676A; x 2. Fig. 8. — Micrarionta harperi Bryant. Greatly magnified view of apical whorls of same specimen, showing the periostracal sculpture. KEELEYITE, A NEW LEAD SULFANTIMONITE FROM ORURO, BOLIVIA. By Samuel G. Gordon. The Oruro district of Bolivia has long been known to miner- alogists by the excellent crystals of andorite, stannite, and other rare minerals which the mines have produced. The present paper is descriptive of a new lead sulfantimonite, keeleyite, which was obtained on the Vaux-Academy Andean Expedition of 1921. The silver-tin mines of Oruro are situated in the hills at the western edge of the town, and are three in number: the Socavon, the San Jose, and the Itos. The keeleyite was obtained at the San Jose mine. The ore-veins are essentially pyritic bodies forming fissure fillings in a quartz-porphyry, and the dark Paleozoic slates into which the porphry has been intruded. The principal minerals are pyrite, light-brown massive cassiterite, tetrahedrite, and jamesonite(?). Andorite and stannite are extremely rare. The exact mode of occurrence of the keeleyite is not known, as the single specimen brought back was obtained at the cancha of the mine. This specimen, measuring 3 X 5 X 7 inches, is a mass of cavernous quartz, studded with small white quartz crystals. The cavities contain sheaf-like aggregates of acicular crystals of keeleyite, some pyrite, and an undetermined sulfide. General Description. Keeleyite is dark gray in color, and gives a grayish-black streak. The luster of the mineral is bright metallic. The hardness is about 2. The specific gravity was determined in H2Oin a 5 cc. pycnometer and gave the value 5.21 ±. The mineral occurs in aggregates, usually radiating, of acicular crystals which may measure an inch in length. The crystals are deeply striated and furrowed, due in part, perhaps, to parallel growth. No measurable crystals were found, but the mineral is probably orthorhombic. Keeleyite fuses at 1, and gives the same reactions before the blowpipe, etc., as the other lead sulfantimonites. A white sublimate of antimony oxide is obtained by heating in the closed tube, while dense white fumes are obtained in the open tube. The mineral is almost entirely volatilized on charcoal, with the formation of a (101) 102 PROCEEDING OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV coating which is yellowish near the assay, and white farther out. Globules of lead are obtained by reduction with soda in the R. F. Composition. A preliminary determination of lead gave 27.78% Pb. A complete analysis (shown in Table I) was then made by Dr. J. Edward Whitfield on 1.25 grams of carefully selected acicular crystals. It was impossible to free the needles from some sulfides and quartz. The loss of 1.18% in the analysis is due to the latter mineral. Column II shows the analysis after deducting 8.15% sulphides, and recalculating to 100%. The ratios of the constitutents are shown in column III, and approximate Pb : Sb : S = 2:6:11, corresponding to Pb?Sb6 S„ or2PbS.3Sb2S3. Table I. Analysis of Keeleyite I. Analysis of keeleyite by Dr. J. Edward Whitfield. The 1.18% loss is clue to quartz. II. Analysis of keeleyite recalculated after deductiag 8.15% sulfides. III. Ratios of II. IV. Theory for Pb2Sb6Su or 2PbS. 3Sb2S3. I II III 1 IV Pb. 25.80 43.46 2.25 2.77 24.54 28.43 47.88 23.69 .1372 1.000 .3893 2.837 .7389. 5.385 2 6 11 27.86 Sb Cj 48.48 Fe S 23.66 98.82 100.00 100.00 The mineral thus belongs to the "Acidic Division" of Dana, with a ratio of PbS : Sb2S3of less than 1 : 1. Although no "Acidic" lead sulfantimonite has heretofore been discovered, an analagous sulfbismuthite, rezbanyite, has long been known: Rezbairyite 2PbS.3Bi2S3 Koeleyite 2PbS.3Sb2S3 The relation of keeleyite in composition to the other lead sulf- antimonites is shown in Table II, and Figure 1. Table II. Keeleyite Zinkenite Plagionite Heteromorphite Plumosite Semseyite Boulangerite Embrithite Meneghinite Geocronite The Lead Sulfantimonites 2PbS.3Sb2S3 Orthorhombic? PbS.Sb2S3 5PbS.4Sb2S3 7PbS.4Sb2S3 2PbS.Sb2S3 9PbS.4Sb2S3 5PbS.2Sb2S3 3PbS.Sb2S3 4PbS.Sb2S3 5PbS.Sb2S3 Orthorhombic Monoclinic Monoclinic Orthorhombic Monoclinic Orthorhombic ? Orthorhombic Orthorhombic 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 103 Fig. 1. Diagram showing the composition of the lead sulfantimonites. The writer takes pleasure in naming this mineral in honor of Mr. Frank J. Keeley, Curator of the William S. Vaux Collections of the Academy. CRYSTALLOGRAPHIC NOTES ON GLAUCOCHROITE, WILLEMITE, CELESTITE, AND CALCITE FROM FRANKLIN, NEW JERSEY By Samuel G. Gordon. On a recent trip to the famous zinc mines at Franklin, N. J. the writer secured a series of specimens for the Vaux Collections which included the following minerals: calcite, celestite, ga- lena, glaucochroite, hardy- stonite, willemite, and zincite. Crystallographic measure- ments of the glaucochroite, willemite and calcite showed the presence of new forms; while the celestite represents a new occurrence of this mineral. Glaucochroite Glaucochroite was described by Penfield and Warren1 in 1899. The original specimens consisted of small prismatic crystals in nasonite. As no terminal planes were found, the twin-plane (Oil) was used in calculating the axial ratios. Subsequently Palache2 de- scribed briefly the results of measurements on two ter- minated crystals. The specimens which form- ed the basis of the present study are far superior to those which have been heretofore found. Several large masses of franklinite- willemite ore Fig. 1. Glaucochroite, Franklin, N. J. contain fractures lined with small glaucochroite crystals associ- m 'Am. J. Sci. 8, 343-346, 1899. 2 Am. J. Sci. 29, 181-182, 1910. (105) 106 PROCEEDING OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV ated with greenish-white crystals of willemite. The glaucochroite is readily identified by the remarkable fact that the mineral is bluish-green by daylight, but pink by artificial light. The largest crystals measure 2 mm. in length. Four crystals were measured the results being given in Table I. Six forms are new: r (130), z (270), d (101), k (Oil), 1 (131,) and Figs. 2-3. Glaucochroite, Franklin, N. J. y (122). The relative development of the faces and their position are shown in figures 1 to 4. Three types of crystals occur; these will be designated below as Types I, II, and III (figs. 1, 2, and 3, respectively). Type I (figure 1) is of rare occurrence, being limited to the smaller cavities where the conditions were most favorable to perfect growth The crystals show a well-developed prismatic zone, in which there may be an oscillation of a (100), and m (110) ; terminat- ed by a large, dull, and apparently etched dome, k(011); about which is a prominent zone including d (101), e (111), f (121), and 1 (131). Type II (figure 2) shows also a well-developed prismatic zone but the dominant terminal form is the pyramid f (121); h (021) and 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 107 b (010) show some oscillation, giving raise to characteristic striations on the latter form. This type shows great irregularities, due to parallel growth with other individuals. Type III (figure 3) was seen on some microscopic mounts. The tops of the crystals show a small crater with a jagged edge; the inner faces of which are irregular, and apparently curved. Ensconced in the crater is a small pyramid, probably f (121). The form b (Oil) is horizontally striated. The polar elements, pQ and q0 were calculated from the average angles of the forms d (101), h (021), e (111), f (121), 1 (131), m (110) Table I. Angle Table of Glaucochroite a:b :c=0,4606:l : 0.5899 p0= 1. 2806; q0= 0.5899 Letter Symbol Miller Gds. No. of faces Measured 9 ? Calculated cp p b a m -z *d x *k h e f *1 (010) Ooo 7 (100) oo0 8 (HO) 00 15 (120) oo2 13 (130) 003 3 (270) °°-o 1 (101) 10 5 003) 10 (011) 01 2 (021) 02 4 CI 11) 1 12 (121) 12 6 (131) 13 3 (122) *1 1 00 00± 4 90 02± 7 65 13±11 47 18±19 36 28±51 32 12 90 03± 6 00 18±16 00 03 ± 5 65 14±39 47 19± 6 35 52± 7 47 04 90 00±10 89 54± 6 89 57± 6 ^0 04± 7 89 39 ±26 90 16 51 55± 7 30 22± 6 49 56± 5 54 44 ±24 60 12 ±14 65 23 ± 6 41 02 00 00 90 00 65 16 47 21 35 53 31 49 90 00 90 00 00 00 00 00 65 16 47 21 35 53 47 21 90 00 90 00 90 00 90 00 90 00 90 00 52 01 23 07 30 32 49 43 54 39 60 OS 65 24 41 02 New forms marked * and s (120). The axial ratios were obtained from these values. The results are not concordant with those of Penfield and Palache : a :b :c = 0.440 : 1 .4409 : 1 .4606 : 1 0.566 (Penfield) .5808 (Palache) .5899 (Gordon) 108 PROCEEDING OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV \ \ ^ \ \ ' < / / y (: , k h b / / ' fl i y ^v f ^\- z /. .1 \ ni r ' Fig. 4. Gnomonic projection of glaucochroite forms. The last value approaches that of tephroite, as shown in the following table, in which all the members of the Olivine group are listed in the order of increasing length of the a-axis: Monticellite CaMgSi04 a : b : c = 0.4337 1 0.575S Favalite Fe2SiO« .4584 1 0.5793 Tephroite Mn2SiO< .4600 1 0.5939 Glaucochroite CaMnSiO, .4606 1 0.5899 Forsterite Mg2Si04 .4648 1 0.5857 Olivine (Mg,Fe)2Si04 .4658 1 0.5865 The refractive indices of one of the crystals measured were higher than n 1.740, so that the present mineral is probabty inter- mediate in composition between glaucochroite and tephroite. WlLLEMITE One of the specimens obtained consisted essentially of frank- linite and willemite on which was a cavity containing a number of brilliant, greenish, transparent, highly modified crystals of willemite associated with glaucochroite. A single crystal, ^ x 1 mm. was measured. The general habit of the 'crystals is indicated in 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 109 Fig. Willemite, Franklin, N. J. figure 1. Several of the forms are new: v (4223), K (3142) ; (9.1.10.0), and (10.1.9.0); v and K were present as prominent faces, although v occurred but once on the crystal measured; the other two forms were represented by line faces in the prism zone. 110 PROCEEDING OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Table II. Willemite, Franklin, N. J. c = .6679; p6 = .4453 (Palache and Graham) Letter Symbol Faces r— - meas- G2 J Bravais ured Measured

4 68 52 90 00 68 55 89 56 Poor, faint z* 850 '8 "5 00 3 70 58 90 00 70 52 89 59 Poor, faint P 101 10 12 90 00 36 23 90 1 36 23 Fair, multiple New forms marked * Wavellite, Trimble's Mine, Pennsylvania Trimble's mine is the famous locality for wavellite listed in the older books as "White Horse Station, Chester County." The old abandoned limonite pit so described is situated about a mile northwest of Planebrook Station on the Philadelphia and Chester Valley branch of the Philadelphia and Reading Railroad, in Chester 116 PROCEEDING OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV County. The mineral occurred in the form of white stalactitic masses of cryptocrystalline to crystalline structure, and occasionally in druses of very minute crystals. A single crystal measuring 3^8 by 3^ mm. was measured. The results are given in Table III. The following combination of forms was noted, fig. 2: b (010); m (110), B (10.7.0), N (210), f (520), and y (122); of which B, N, f, and y are new. A crystal measured by Dr. Edgar T. Wherry7 from this locality showed the following forms: b (010), a (100), i (320), 1 (430), m (110), n (340), p (101), and o (121). Table III. Wavellite Forms, Trimble's Mine, Pennsylvania Let- Form Faces ter meas- ured Calculated 9 P Measured 9 P Signal Miller Gds. o / o / o / o / b 010 0°o 1 0 0 90 00 0 0 89 29 Poor, faint m 110 CO 4 61 6 90 00 61 4 89 48 Fair, bright B* 10.7.0 -V-oo 1 68 52 90 00 68 54 89 53 Poor, faint N* 210 2qo 1 74 33 90 00 74 43 90 00 Poor, faint. e* 520 loo 1 77 33 90 00 77 8 89 52 Poor, faint y* 122 il 2 42 9 28 45 45 29 28 38 Poor, faint New forms marked * Wavellite, Hellertown, Pennsylvania. As noted above, crystals from the Hellertown locality, Lehigh County, were described by Wherry. As the material collected by the writer at this mine were different in habit from those already described, a single crystal, | X 1 mm. in size was therefore measured. The results are given in Table IV. The following combination was found b (010), in (110), o (121), and y (122). The dominant pyramid y (122) is a new form. Table IV. Wavellite Forms, Hellertown, Pennsylvania Let- ter Miller 3rm Gds. Faces meas- ured Calculated 9 P Measured 9 P Signal b m 0 y* 010 110 121 122 0oo 00 12 2 4 4 4 O 1 O 1 0 0 90 00 61 6 90 00 42 9 47 39 42 9 28 45 o / o / 0 9 89 43 60 7 90 11 41 56 46 37 41 57 28 17 Fair, bright Fair, bright Poor, faint Poor, faint New form marked * 7 Private communication. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 117 Wavellite, Moore's Mill, Pennsylvania The wavellite from Moore's Mill, Cumberland County, Penn- sylvania was described and figured by Ungemach. The locality is an abandoned wavellite mine about a mile south of Moore's Mill Station. Two crystals were measured by the writer. The results are given in Table V. The following forms were noted: a (100), b (010), c (001), m (110), w (650), R (970), 1 (430), i (320), N (210), h (310), k (510), t (710), g (270), and o (121), of which c, w, R, N, k, t, and g, are new. The habit of the crystals is like those of Ungemach, and the new forms excepting g are line faces occurring in the striations between a (100) and m (110) of his figure; g is a line face between b (010) and m (110). Table V. Wavellite Forms, Moore 's Mill, Pennsylvania Let- ter Form Miller Gds. Faces meas- ured Calculated 9 P Measured 9 P Signal o / 0 / o / o / a 100 Ooo 1 90 00 90 00 89 48 89 39 Poor, faint b 010 0oo 2 0 0 90 00 c* 001 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 Poor, faint m 110 00 8 61 6 90 0 61 12 89 47 Fair, faint w* 650 I CO 3 65 17 90 0 65 37 89 42 Poor, faint R* 970 f GO 1 66 45 90 0 66 44 89 42 Poor, faint 1 430 4 t GO 1 67 30 90 0 67 49 89 42 Poor, faint i? 320 1 00 1 69 47 90 0 70 14 90 0 Fair, faint N*? 210 ~2oo 1 74 33 90 0 73 59 90 0 Poor, faint h 310 3oo 1 79 36 90 0 79 31 90 16 Poor, faint k*? 510 5uo 2 83 42 90 0 84 12 90 2 Poor, faint t* 710 7oo 2 85 30 90 0 85 36 90 7 Fair, bright e-*? 270 oo I 2 27 21 90 0 27 55 89 58 Poor, faint o 121 12 1 42 9 47 39 42 10 47 9 Poor, faint New forms marked * Wavellite, Montgomery County, Arkansas Montgomery County, Arkansas, is the most famous of the American localities for wavellite. It produced in abundance beautiful green radiating aggregates of the mineral in fissures in a sandstone. Frequently the radiations terminate in druses of small crystals. A single crystal was examined, but gave very poor reflections. The forms noted were b (010), m (110), and p (101); the latter 118 PROCEEDING OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV was striated. The habit of the crystals is similar to that of Llallagua (fig. 1). Crystals from the same locality measured by Dr. Edgar T. F'g. 4. Gnomonic projection of all wavellite forms. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 119 Wherry8 showed the following forms: b (010), a (100), h (310), 1 (430), m (110), n (340, u (130), p (101), and s (111). Wavellite, Zbirow, Bohemia A single crystal from a druse associated with radiations of the mineral from Zbirow, Bohemia, was measured. The faces were very dull, and gave poor reflections. The following forms were noted b (010), m (110), and p (101). The latter was not striated. Table VI. Wavellite Angle Table Orthorhombic; a : b : c = .5520 : 1 : 4067 po = .7365; q0=.4067 Symbol Letter Calculated Observer Miller Gds. P

15.7, 9 16; length of caudal femur d" 36.2, 9 38; length of ovipositor 27.2; greatest width of ovipositor beyond base 2.9 mm. The species is known from the described pair. Sexava coriacea (Linnaeus) 1788. G[ryllus] T[ettigonia] coriaceus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, I, p. 430. [[East] Indies.] Obi Island, Moluccas, 4 d\ 4 9 . Amboina Island, Moluccas, 33 d1, 18 9 , [A. N. S. P.]. Of the material before us, two males and three females from Obi are rich green, the others brown. Both phases are represented in the Amboina series, but many of the specimens are badly dis- colored. The measurements for the Obi series are as follows. Length of body d1 62 to 69, 9 66 to 74; length of pronotum d" 9.8 to 10, 9 11.2 to 11.7; length of pronotal lateral lobe c? 6.3 to 6.4, 9 6.9 to 7.2; depth of pronotal lateral lobe ,3 9. Surigao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 1 c?. Iligan, Mindanao, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 1 cf. Dapitan, Mindanao, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 1 9 . Davao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 2 9 . Singapore, British Straits Settlements, (from C. F. Baker), 1 cf . The present insect is subject to very great individual size vari- ation, irrespective of geographic distribution. Stal gave 39 to 58 mm. for length including tegmina, for this dimension the present series shows the following extremes; cf 34.5 to 42.5, 9 40 to 68 mm. The tegminal venation is irregular and the branching of the veinlets of the scapular field (used as a specific character by Brunner) particularly so. Though usually with a black spot meso-proximad between the median and ulnar veins of the tegmina, individuals without this spot occur, others showing it reduced to different degrees. In the smallest and one of the largest females at hand, the caudal femora distad and caudal tibiae are purplish pink. A rather similar individual color variation apparently constituted one of the reasons for Brunner's describing rufatus. The measurements (in millimeters^ of selected specimens from the series before us are as follows : 198 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV & Los Bafios Mount Makiling Iligan Singapore 9 Baguio Mount Makiling Mount Makiling Mount Makiling Palillo Island Davao Length of body 21.3 24.7 26.7 27 25 31.5 37.7 30.5s7 35.5 36 Length of pronotum 5 6 6.7 6.7 5.8 7 9.1 8.7 9.3 8.1 Length of tegmen 28.7 40.3 36 43 33.1 39.8 51.2 59 51.7 47.2 Width of tegmen 7.7 9.8 10.8 11.2 9.4 10.8 14.8 15 15.6 13.S Length Length of caudal of ovi- feinur positor 10.7 14.2 14.6 14.8 11.8 14 18.7 20.7 20.5 16.8 12.8 15 19.S 29.2 20.5 19.3 Phyllomimus ampullae eus (Haan) 1842. L[ocusta] {Aprion) ampullacea Haan, Verh. Natuur. Geschied. Nederl. overzee. bezitt. Zool., p. 205. [cf , 9 : Java; Padang, [Sumatra].] 1895. Phyllomimus palhdus Brunner, Monogr. der Pseudophylhden, p. 57. [cf , 9 : Borneo; Cambodia; Palawan,] Philippine Islands].] Labuan, British North Borneo, 1 9 . This species differs widely from P. deter sus (Walker).58 The tegminal markings are distinctive, though very faint. In the present species the wings fail to reach the extremities of the tegmina by a very brief distance, but show, nevertheless, decided atrophy, quite unfitting them for even usefulness as parachutes. The present specimen is much smaller than the female described by Brunner as pallidas. The species, like detersus, is probably subject to decided size variation. Length of body 27, length of pronotum 6.1, length of tegmen 40, median width of tegmen 13.2, length of wing 35.8, greatest width of wing 13.8, length of cephalic femur 6.1, length of caudal femur 13.1, length of ovipositor 13.2, median width of ovipositor 3 mm. Phyllomimus tonkinae new species. Plate XVII, figure 4. This insect appears nearest P. inquinatus Brunner, described from a unique female, from Penang, British Straits Settlements. The present male differs from the description and a male of that species before us, in being dark green in coloration, the tegmina with nearly colorless areas between the veins distad, with minute callosities mesad in all the larger areolae, which are whitish, except those between the ulnar and median vein which are dark. It is a much heavier and decidedly less delicate insect, the male body bulk being much greater and the organs of flight less developed, the egmina narrowing more decidedly distad to the much narrower 67 The body is shrivelled in this specimen. 68 The above synonymy has recently been indicated by Karny {Zool. Mededeel. Rijks Mus. Nat. Hist. Leiden, V, p. 175, {1920)). 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 199 apex. The very small size of the stridulating field and its strong and suddenly convex projection at the apex of the stridulating veins and the greatly reduced wings are other important features for separating the males of these species. Type : cT ; Than -Moi, Tonkin. June and July. (From H. Fruh- storfer.) [Hebard Collection, Type no. 814.] Size small, form robust for the genus. Pronotal surface rather thickly supplied with minute, low tubercles, the largest on the cephalic margin; ventral margin of lateral lobes weakly convex, showing a weak angulation. Tegmina broad, greatest width of scapular field nearly equal to greatest width of discoidal field; stridulating field very small, suddenly and roundly produced at apex of stridulating vein; costal margin broadly convex, sutural margin faintly convex, apex rounded and situated at the sutural margin. Wings greatly reduced, about two-thirds as long as teg- mina, spatulate in contour, all but the anterior portion of the radiate field having disappeared. Supra-anal plate as long as broad, with free margin convex. Cerci moderately elongate, curving gradually inward and tapering to the minutely toothed apex. A large plate lies between these, bearing a minute tooth, directed dorsad and curved mesad, meso-proximad on each side. Subgenital plate of the usual Pseudophyllid type, rather short, with styles rather broadly spatulate. Ventral surfaces of femora moderately hairy, spines of cephalic and median femora mere tubercles, of ventro-external margins of caudal femora very small, in number as follows. Cephalic internal 3, cephalic external 0 (but rugulose), median internal 0, median external 3 and 6, caudal internal 0 and 4, caudal external 10 and 11. Ventro-external margins of median and caudal femora lamellate. Cephalic margin of metazona raised, roughened mesad, weakly tuberculate laterad. General coloration forest green. Tubercles on cephalic margin of pronotum whitish green. Distal margins of abdominal tergites and dorsal margin of caudal femora purplish. Tegmina marked as described above, their ventral surfaces weakly washed with purplish in the more transparent areas, immediate costal margin whitish proximad. Length of body 28.5, length of pronotum 6.4, length of tegmen 30.5, greatest width of tegmen 10, length of stridulating field of tegmen 4.7, length of wing 21, greatest width of wing 6, length of cephalic femur 7.2, length of caudal femur 12.9 mm. The type is unique. Phyllomimus inquinatus Brunner. 1895. Phyllomimus inquinatus Brunner, Monogr. der Pseudophylliden, p. 58. [ 9 ; [Island of] Penang, Malay Peninsula.] Island of Penang, British Straits Settlements, (from C. F. Baker), 1 d". 200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXX1V The previously unknown male of this species in general appear- ance resembles much more closely males of Timanthes than those of the other heavier and much less delicate species of Phyllomimus. We note the following characters of interest for this sex. Tegmina ample, costal margin very weakly convex and sutural margin almost straight from the broadly convex margin of the anal field to the distal extremity, where these margins curve into the very broad, transverse and scarcely convex distal margin. Wings extending caudad as far as tegmina. General coloration pale green, immaculate except for a few very small brown flecks, each mesad in the larger tegminal areo- lae. Dorsal margins of fermora lamellate and very microscopically serrulate. Ventral femoral margins armed with spines, which are very minute on the cephalic femora and almost as small on the median femora, as follows. Cephalic internal 2 and 3, cephalic ex- ternal 0, median internal 6 and 6, median external 8 and 9, caudal internal 12 and 15, caudal external 13 and 18 (of which about 10 to 12 are distinct). Phyllozelus abbotti59 new species. Though in many respects resembling Phyllomimus closely, the species of this genus may be quickly separated by the bispinose prosternum, acute tegmina, with branch of median vein sharply bent and thence parallel to the straight ulnar and median veins, limbs with genicular lobes bluntly triangular, caudal femora with ventro-external margin not lamellate but well spined and other less striking features. The present insect apparently differs from the previously known species in having the dorsal margin of the caudal femora only minutely tuberculate. From P. siccus (Walker) it differs further in the ventral margins of the pronotal lateral lobes, which show a weak, rounded obtuse angulation, while the caudal tibiae have the dorso-internal margin minutely serrulate. Walker's descriptions of signatus and brevi- usculus are too vague for any definite comparison, though they appear to be based on forms agreeing much more closely with siccus. From P. genicularis Saussure and Pictet, it differs further in the decidedly smaller size, immaculate anal field of the tegmina, pro- portionately narrower tegmina, ovipositor which is shorter than the caudal femur, in the unarmed ventro-caudal margins of the cephalic femora and in the spines of the ventro-external margins of the caudal femora, which increase evenly in size distad. £9 Named in honor of our friend, Dr. William L. Abbott, who for years gathered nvaluable collections in the Malayan region. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 201 Type: 9 ; Singapore, British Straits Settlements. May, 1899. (Dr. Wm. L. Abbott.) [U. S. National Museum.] Size small for the genus, form robust. Vertex horizontal, sharply- acute, projecting very slightly beyond the antennal scrobes and moderately sulcate throughout. Pronotum densely beaded, with ventral margins of lateral lobes very weakly rounded obtuse- angulate (as figured for genicularis by Saussure and Pictet). Tegmina fully developed, with convexity of costal margin stronger than that of sutural margin, so that the very sharply rounded, acute apex is at the latter. Wings extending as far caudad as the tegmina, but apparently narrow. Supra-anal plate triangular, slightly longer than wide, with lateral margins weakly convex and apex sharply rounded; surface convex and sub-tectate. Ovi- positor shorter than caudal femur, dorsal margin almost straight, feebly sinuous, serrulate in meso-distal portion; ventral margin straight proximad, curving meso-distad to the acute apex and sub- serrulate distacl; lateral surface with (four and five) oblique, sharp, delicate distal ridges on dorsal valves and a blunt node below these on ventral valves. Limbs moderately pilose. Dorsal femoral margins lamellate and very minutely tuberculate, this very weak for median femora. Ventral femoral margins armed as follows. Cephalic internal 6 and 7, cephalic external 0, median internal 6 and 6, median external 3 and 4, caudal internal 9 and 9, caudal external 12 and 16. Dorso-internal margin of caudal tibiae weakly lamellate and minutely serrulate. General coloration buckthorn brown tinged with tawny and quite uniform. Ovipositor deepening to tawny distad and still darker at apex. Length of body 30, length of pronotum 7, length of tegmen 46.2, greatest tegminal width 12.3, length of cephalic femur 7.7, length of caudal femur 13.8, length of ovipositor 13.2 mm. The type is unique. Gonyatopus gemmiculus new species. Plate XVII, figures 5, 6 and 7. This delicate and beautiful little insect does not have the external genicular lobes of the cephalic femora compressed and horizontally produced, but in all other respects agrees so closely with the de- scription of Gonyatopus that we do not feel justified in erecting a new genus to include it. The mesosternum in this species, however, does not have the margins simple, as might be inferred from Brunner's generic de- scription, while the form and coloration of the cephalic coxal spine is a most remarkable feature in gemmiculus, not mentioned elsewhere for other of the species. The species is apparently nearest the Philippine (?. integer 202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV (Stal), from which it differs in the somewhat larger size and in striking features of coloration.60 Type: d1 ; Labuan, British North Borneo. [Hebard Collection, Type no. 815.] Size small, form slender, structure very delicate. Head smooth, vertex acute, produced very slightly beyond margins of antenna! scrobes, dorsal surface concave. Antennal scrobes produced ventrad in a bluntly conical projection. Pronotum with minute, scattered tubercles on disk and dorsal portions of lateral lobes; disk flattened, defined from the lateral lobes faintly by contour but strongly by coloration, with a subobsolete medio-longitudinal sulcus and two decided transverse sulci, caudal margin broadly convex; lateral lobes with cephalic and ventral margins straight and tuberculate and forming an obtuse-angulation. Tegmina and wings fully developed and capable of sustained flight. Tegmina with costal margin broadly convex, sutural margin weakly convex in stridulating field, thence nearly straight to distal extremity, where it curves into the broadly rounded apex; scapular field broken into irregular areolae; anal field very small; discoidal and median veins gradually diverging in distal two-fifths, median vein branching at end of proximal two-thirds, the branch forming an acute angle and curving proximad so that it thence runs parallel to the ulnar vein. Cephalic coxal spine lamellate, with ventral margin convex, so that it is half as wide as long. Mesosternum narrower than metasternum, cephalic and lateral margins weakly concave, these margins produced, convex latero-cephalic angles minutely tuber- culate, the cephalic margin subtuberculate to near median portion. Ultimate tergite surrounded by preceding segment so that its dorsal portion is alone visible, with caudal margin concave. Supra- anal plate ovate, with greatest breadth distad and apical portion moderately truncate. Cerci small, stout conical, straight, tapering to apical portion which is folded inward at a right -angle to the shaft and terminates in a minute spine which does not extend inward so far as the inner margin of the shaft. Subgenital plate with lateral margins concave, narrowing to distal portion, then widening slightly to the truncate apex. Styles conical in proximal half, filiform in distal half. Dorsal femoral margins moderately lamel- late and smooth. Ventro-external femoral margins and dorso- internal margin of caudal tibiae lamellate and armed with minute, procumbent spinulae, except distad on caudal femora where (7 and 8) small, erect spines occur. The count for these limbs as follows. Cephalic internal 14 and 14, cephalic external 15 and 15, median internal 8 and 8, median external 17 and 20, caudal internal 2 and 3 (subobsolete), caudal external 28 and 31. Genicular lobes of femora bluntly rounded. Mesosternum narrower than meta- 60 As well as in the male genitalia, if these have been correctly described for integer by Brunner. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 203 sternum, cephalic and lateral margins weakly concave, lateral margins and all of produced and convex latero-cephalic angles minutely tuberculate, the cephalic margin subtuberculate to near its median portion. General coloration chamois. Antennae with short, widely spaced, black annuli. Disk of pronotum cinnamon, deepening laterad, and caudal margin bister, margined laterad with buff yellow. Cephalic coxal spine white, with a round ventro-mesal spot of black. Tegmina greenish chamois, the areolae with mottled suffusions of light cendre green, which become very incon- spicuous and olivaceous in shade in distal portions. All tibiae distad with a brown fleck on dorsal surface. Third joint of tarsi with lateral lobes embrowned. Length of body 18.3, length of pronotum 3.7, length of tegmen 27, greatest tegminal width 7.8, length of cephalic femur 5.8, length of caudal femur 10.3 mm. The type of this distinctive insect is unique. Aprion61 atroterminatus (Brunner) 1895. Tympanoptera atroterminata Brunner, Monogr. der Pseudophylliden, p. 67, pi. Ill, figs. 26b and 26c. [cf, 9; Kina Balu, [British North] Borneo.] Labuan, British North Borneo, 1 cf , 1 9 . The general coloration of this remarkable species is a very light milky green. The male before us is immaculate, except that the tegmina have a black spot in the second areola of the anal field beyond the enormous stridulating area, toward the anal vein, and the subgenital plate is shining black with styles, however, pale. The female here recorded is marked with hay's russet, as figured by Brunner, the markings of the tegmina being, however, less heavy. Length of body , 9; Java.] Tengger Mountains, Java, 1890, (from H. Fruhstorfer), 1 9 . In coloration this specimen agrees fully with the original de- scription, except that the genicular areas of the tibiae are not darkened. Length of body 23.7, greatest width of head 4.8, length of pro- notum 6.4, length of tegmen 5.7, width of tegmen 2.9, length of 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 217 cephalic femur 6.3, length of caudal femur 11.2, length of ovi- positor 12.1, greatest width of ovipositor 1.8 mm. Oxystethus brevipennis Redtenbacher. 1891. Oxystelhus brevipennis Redtenbacher, Verb.. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, XLI, p. 443. [ 9 , Java.] Java, (determined as brevipennis and presented by H. de Saus- sure), 1 9 [A. N. S. P.] The head and pronotum in this insect are not as decidedly im- presso-punctate as in 0. intermedins Redtenbacher. Length of body 36, greatest width of head 8.2, length of pro- notum 9.5, length of tegmen 11.3, width of tegmen 5, length of cephalic femur 10.1, length of caudal femur 18.7, length of ovipositor 17.5, greatest width of ovipositor 2.7 mm. Oxylakis punctipennis Redtenbacher. 1891. Oxylakis punctipennis Redtenbacher, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, XLI, p. 447, pi. IV, fig. 60. [ 9 , Borneo.] Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C. F. Baker), 1 9 . Redtenbacher does not comment on the shortness of the limbs and the numerous short, stiff hairs there found. The species ap- parently has no close allies. Length of body 21.5, length of pronotum 5.7, caudal width of pronotal disk 4, length of tegmen 31, width of tegmen 5, length of cephalic femur 4.8, length of caudal femur 10.7, length of ovipositor 10.2, greatest width of ovipositor 2.7 mm. Anthracites major new species. Plate XVII, figure 19. The large size and black body but almost uniformly pale limbs of this insect distinguish it from its nearest allies. Agreeing more closely with A. nitidus Redtenbacher in other features of colora- tion, the male genitalia are seen to be very different, while the limb spination is closer to that described for A. geniculates Dohrn. All of these species are known only from the Island of Mindanao. Type: d1 ; Surigao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. (From C. F. Baker.) [Hebard Collection, Type no. 836.] Size large, form moderately robust, for the genus. Fastigium of vertex produced in a straight, very slenderly conical projection, its apex sharply rounded. Face smooth and shining, showing a few subobsolete impressions. Tegmina greatly reduced, much shorter than pronotum, with distal margin very broadly convex; stridulating field fully developed but in normal position wholly concealed by the pronotum. Cerci very short and heavy, weakly curved inward, with a heavy dorso-distal and a decidedly heavier ventro-distal tooth, these curved and directed strongly inward. 218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIY Subgenital plate scoop-shaped, roundly produced distad on each side in a small area, from a socket on the ventral surface of which spring the styles, between these the caudal margin of the plate is roundly emarginate to the median point, where there is a rounded projection, deeper than wide and longer than deep. Styles stout, straight, cylindrical, two and one-half times as long as broad, with apices bluntly rounded. Femoral genicular lobes as follows; cephalic internal and median internal produced in a small but stout tooth, cephalic external and median external triangularly produced with apex rounded, caudal all strongly bispinose. Ventral femoral margins armed (in the pair at hand) as follows. Cephalic internal 5 to 6, cephalic external 4 to 5, median internal 2 to 2 (proximal), median external 5 to 6, caudal internal 1 to 3, caudal external 7 to 8. Allotype: 9 ; same data as type. [Hebard Collection.] Agrees closely with male, differing as follows. Size larger. Pronotum with caudal portion of disk decidedly shorter and caudal margin truncate, weakly convex, rather than broadly and evenly rounded. Ovipositor moderately elongate, slender, unarmed, gradually curved dorsad and tapering to the acute apex. Sub- genital plate short, truncate-bilobate. General coloration shining black, except in the following areas. Fastigium of vertex and two proximal antennal joints amber brown. Eyes brussels brown. Clypeus ochraceous-tawny, be- coming orange rufous on the labrum. Tegmina with all veinlets conspicuously reed yellow. Ovipositor shading from black to russet distad. Ventral surface of abdomen blackish brown. Femora amber brown, in the female with median and caudal femora weakly darkened proximad and distad. Tibiae ochraceous-buff, the spines amber brown. Tarsi with dorsal portions of first two joints ochraceous-buff, black in other portions. Length of body , 9 : Philippine [Islands]: Aru Islands; Samoa; Ovalaua, [New Guinea]; Fiji Islands.] Mount Makiling, Luzon, Philippine. Islands, (from C. F. Baker), lcf.H. This is a very plain species. The dorso-internal node on the male cercus, proximad of the heavy median spine, serves readily to distinguish this sex of affinis from the males of the other species here recorded. The ventro-external margins only of the caudal femora are armed, with the following number of spines in the present pair; cf 2 and 3, 9 2 and 3. Length of body c? 13, 9 13.7; length of pronotum tf1 2.8, 9 3; length of tegmen d1 15.9, 9 15; length of caudal femur cf 12, 9 11.8; length of ovipositor 9 mm. Conocephalus (Xiphidion) maculatus (Le Gouillou) 1S41. Xiphidion maculatum Le Gouillou. Rev. Zooi., 1841, p. 294. [Man- kassar (= Macassar), [Celebes Island, Moluccas].] 1871. Xiphidium sinense Walker, Cat. Dermapt. Saltat. Br. Mus., V, Suppl. p. 35. [of: unknown locality; Hong Kong, [China].]. 244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV The presence of a series of maculatus from the Province of Kwang- Tung, China, in a recently received collection, indicates that this is probably the most abundant species of Conocephalus in that region. As Walker's description agrees in all respects with this material we feel justified in indicating the above synonymy. Mount Banahao, Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 1 9. Mount Makiling, Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 2 cf. Singapore, British Straits Settlements, (from C. F. Baker), 1 cf , 1 9. Island of Penang, British Straits Settlements, (from C. F. Baker), 1 9. In addition to the suffused and interrupted brown band between the median and ulnar veins of the tegmina, this species is distinctive in having the limbs thickly supplied with flecks of mummy brown. The tegmina are not heavily marked in any of the present series, the specimens from Mount Makiling being so recessive that the tegminal suffusions are weakly defined. All are macropterous, with tegmina extending slightly beyond the apices of the caudal femora. Conocephalus (Xiphidion) laetus (Redtenbacher) 1891. Xiphidium laetum Redtenbacher, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,XLI, p. 514, pi. IV, fig. 87. [ 9 , northern Australia.] Mount Makiling, Luzon, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 1 9. Zamboanga, Mindanao, Philippine Islands, (from C. F. Baker), 1 cf. Obi Island, Moluccas, 1 cf , 1 9 . The Philippine material differs from the original description in lacking the dorsal brown stripe of head and pronotum, the Moluccan pair in being decidedly larger. These specimens agree so closely in all other features that we feel fully justified in considering them conspecific. We note the following features, not mentioned by Redtenbacher. The antennae appear closely and minutely subannulate, rather than "remote fusco-annulatae." The ovipositor shows a very faintly sigmoid tendency and is broader than normal in the genus; thus of the same type as in the Japanese C. gladiatus (Redten- bacher), but much less elongate. Genicular lobes of caudal femora strongly bispinose. Caudal tibiae distad with dorso-internal spur 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 245 greatly reduced, no larger than and scarcely to be distinguished from the dorso-internal spines. Length of body & 15 and 18.8, 9 18.3 and 23.1; length of pro- notum cf 3.3 and 4, 9 3.8 and 4.6; length of tegmen c? 20.4 and 24, 9 22.8 and 29.8; length of caudal femur & 13.8 and 17, 9 15.8 and 17.8; length of ovipositor 17.2 and 18.7 mm. Conocephalus (Xiphidion) borneensis (Redtenbacher) 1891. Xiphidium borneense Redtenbacher, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, XLI, p. 514. [d\ 9; Borneo.] Island of Penang, British Straits Settlements, (from C. F. Baker), 1 cf . This insect appears to be very close to C. laetus (Redtenbacher), differing in the much shortened organs of flight and dark genicular areas of the caudal femora. In the specimen here recorded the caudal femora have the genicular areas tipped with a suffusion of brown, rather than "apice extremo nigro-nitido." The male stridulating area is proportionately smaller and less elongate than in males of laetus before us, while the caudal tibiae have the dorso-internal spur conspicuous and decidedly larger than any of the dorso-internal spines. So close does it agree in other respects with laetus, that, were these features not of decided diagnostic value, we would have considered it a brachypterous example of that species. The very narrow convex callosity of the pronotal lateral lobes in this species and laetus is slightly narrower than in the related C. glacliatus (Redtenbacher). Length of body 16.8, length of pronotum 3.9, length of tegmen 13, length of caudal femur 14.3 mm. Conocephalus (Xiphidion) longipennis (Haan) 1842. L[ocusta] (Xiphidium) longipennis Haan, Verh. Nat. Geschied. Nederl, oversee, bezitt., Zool., Ins., p. 189. [. Sandakan, British North Borneo, (from C. F. Baker), 2 cf , 2 9 . Batu Sangkar, Padangische Bovenland, Sumatra, August and September, (Harrison and Hiller), 1 9 , [A. N. S. P.]. Singapore, British Straits Settlements, (from C. F. Baker), 1 d". A single pair from Sandakan are brachypterous. The male from Singapore has the organs of flight somewhat reduced. The series shows marked size variation, as follows. Measurements {in millimeters) Length of Length of Length of Length of Length of cf body pronotum tegrnen caudal femur ovipositor Mount Makiling 17 3.3 20.5 15 Sandakan 14.3 3.2 14 13.5 Sandakan 15 3.1 18.5 14 Singapore 1684 3.5 19 14.5 9 Los Banos 20.2 3.9 24 17.8 17 Sandakan 15.584 3.7 15.1 14.8 15.6 Sandakan 15.8 3.7 21 16.4 15.2 Batu Sangkar 17.5 3.8 21.8 16.2 16.5 In the present series the ventro-external margin of the caudal femora is armed with from five to nine spines, the most frequent number being six. The following features have hitherto not been given. Male ultimate tergite weakly bilobate distad. Male cerci rather slender throughout, the medio-internal tooth not greatly swollen at its base, the apical portion with dorsal surface declivent and weakly concave to its sharply rounded apex. Ovipositor straight or show- ing a very faint indication of curvature dorsad. Female subgenital plate with median portion of distal margin concave-emarginate, this plate tightly embracing the base of the ovipositor. 84 The body is shrivelled in this specimen. 1922] NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 247 Conocephalus (Xiphidion) melas (Haan) 1842. L[ocusla\ {Xiphidium) melaena Haan, Verh. Nat. Geschied. Nederl. oversee, bezitt., Zool., Ins., p. 189. [d\ 9 ; Java.] 1891. Xiphidium nigro-geniculatum Redtenbacher, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, XLI, p. 511. [ TAT A TT' t LLAUKI JN A.h 276 * 276 * 278 * 279 * 279 * 292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Explanation of Plates XI to XXII. Plate XI. — Fig. 1. Elimaea annamensis new species. Male. Type. Phuc- Son, Annam. Dorsal view of supra-anal plate. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 2. Elimaea annamensis new species. Male. Type. Phuc-Son, Annam. Dorsal view of cercus. (Same scale as figure 1.) Fig. 3. Elimaea lamellipes new species. Female. Type. Labuan, British North Borneo. Dorsal view of supra-anal plate. (Same scale as figure 1.) Fig. 4. Elimaea bakeri new species. Male. Typt. Davao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Dorsal view of supra- anal plate. (Same scale as figure 1.) Fig. 5. Elimaea bakeri new species. Male. Type. Davao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Dorsal view of cercus. (Same scale as figure 1.) Fig. 6. Elimaea bakeri new species. Male. Type. Davao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Lateral view of distal portion of abdomen. (X 6). Fig. 7. Elimaea fdicauda new species. Male. Type. Los Banos, Luzon, Philippine Islands. Lateral view of distal portion of abdomen. (X 6.) Fig. 8. Elimaea parumpunciata (Serville). Male. Batu Sangkar, Sumatra. Dorsal view of cercus. (Same scale as figure 1.) Fig. 9. Elimaea parumpunctata (Serville). Male. Batu Sangkar, Su- matra. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 10. Elimaea roseo-alala Brunner. Male. Goenong Soegi, Sumatra. Dorsal view of cercus. (Same scale as figure 1.) Fig. 11. Elimaea roseo-alala Brunner. Male. Goenong Soegi, Sumatra. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (Same scale as figure 9.) Fig. 12. Mirolha aeta new species. Male. Type. Dapitan, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Dorsal view of cercus. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 13. Mirollia aeta new species. Male. Type. Dapitan, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Ventral outline of produced portion of subgenital plate. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 14. Mirollia cerciata new species. Male. Type. Labuan, British North Borneo. Dorsal view of cercus. (Same scale as figure 12.) Fig. 15. Mirollia cerciata new species. Male. Type. Labuan, British North Borneo. Ventral outline of produced portion of subgenital plate. (Same scale as figure 13.) Fig. 16. Mirollia cerciata new species. Female. Allotype. Sandakan, British North Borneo. Lateral view of ovipositor and subgenital plate. .(X6.) Fig. 17. Prohimerta annamensis new species. Male. Type. Phuc-Son, Annam. Lateral, outline. (X 1H-) Fig. 18. Prohimerta annamensis new species. Male. Type. Phuc-Son, Annam. Dorsal view of cercus. (Same scale as figure 1.) Fig. 19. Prohimerta annamensis new species. Male. Type. Phuc-Son, Annam. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (Same scale as figure 1.) Fig. 20. Ancylecha fenestrata (Fabricius). Male. Sandakan, British North Borneo. Dorsal view of cercus. (X 5^.) Fig. 21. Phygela haani Stal. Male. Singapore, British Straits Settle- ments. Dorsal view of cercus. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 22. Phygela haani Stal. Male. Singapore, British Straits Settle- ments. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (Same scale as figure 21.) Fig. 23. Tapiena cerciata new species. Male. Type. Davao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Lateral view of cercus. (X 5.) Fig. 24. Tapiena cerciata new species. Male. Type. Davao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (X 5.) Plate XII. — Fig. 1. Scambophyllum albomarginaium new species. Female. Type. Labuan, British North Borneo. Dorsal view. (X \XA-) Fig. 2. Scambophyllum sandakanae new species. Female. Type. Sanda- kan, British North Borneo. Dorsal view. (X \lA.) Fisr. 3. Scambophyllum sandakanae new sDecies. Male. Allotype. San- dakan, British North Borneo. Dorsal outline. (X llA-) 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 293 Fig. 4. Scambophyllum sandakenae new species. Male. Allotype. San- dakan, British North Borneo. Dorsal view of cercus. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 5. Holochlora maxima new species. Female. Type. Surigao, Min- danao, Philippine Islands. Lateral view. (Natural size.) Fig. 6. Eulophophyllum thaumasium new species. Female. Type. La- buan, British North Borneo. Lateral view. (X 1M-) Fig. 7. Eulophophyllum thaumasium new species. Female. Type. La- buan, British North Borneo. Dorsal view. (X 1J-2-) Plate XIII. — Fig. 1. Elbenia inakilingae new species. Female. Type. Mount Makiling, Luzon, Philippine Islands. Lateral view of ovipositor and subgenital plate. (X 3.) Fig. 2. Elbenia makilingae new species. Female. Type. Mount Makiling, Luzon, Philippine Islands. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 3. Elbenia serraticauda new species. Male. Type. Puerto Princesa, Palawan, Philippine Islands. Caudal view of distal portion of abdomen. (X5.) Fig. 4. Elbenia serraticauda new species. Male. Type. Puerto Princesa, Palawan, Philippine Islands. Lateral view of distal portion of abdomen. ,(X5.) Fig. 5. Phaula luzonica new species. Male. Type. Baguio, Luzon, Phi- lippine Islands. Dorsal view of stridulating field of sinistral tegmen. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 6. Phaula luzonica new species. Male. Type. Baguio, Luzon, Philippine Islands. Lateral view of distal portion of abdomen. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 7. Phaula luzonica new species. Female. Allotype. Baguio, Luz- on, Philippine Islands. Lateral view of ovipositor and subgenital plate. .(X4.) Fig. 8. Phaula galeata new species. Male. Type. Davao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Lateral view of distal portion of abdomen. (Same scale as figure 6.) Fig. 9. Phaula galeata new species. Male. Type. Davao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Dorsal view of cercus. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 10. Stictophaida bakeri new species. Male. Type. Singapore, Brit- ish Straits Settlements. Ventral outline of apex of subgenital plate. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 11. Stictophaida bakeri new species. Male. Type. Singapore, Brit- ish Straits Settlements. Dorsal view of stridulating field of sinistral tegmen. (Same scale as figure 5.) Fig. 12. Stictophaula bakeri new species. Male. Type. Singapore, Brit- ish Straits Settlements. Lateral view of sinistral tegmen. (X 1%.) Fig. 13. Stictophaula quadridens new species. Male. Type. Singapore, British Straits Settlements. Ventral outline of apex of subgenital plate. (Same scale as figure 10.) Fig. 14. Stictophaula rnicra new species. Female. Type. Singapore, British Straits Settlements. Lateral view of sinistral tegmen. (X 1/4.) Fig. 15. Stictophaula micra new species. Female. Type. Singapore, British Straits Settlements. Lateral view of ovipositor and subgenital plate. (X4.) Fig. 16. Pseudopsyra mirabilis new species. Male. Type. Island of Penang, Malay Peninsula. Lateral view of distal portion of abdomen. .(X3H-) Fig. 17. Pseudopsyra mirabilis new species. Male. Type. Island of Penang, Malay Peninsula. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (X 33^.) Fig. 18. Holochlora venosa Stal. Male. Singapore, British Straits Settle- ments. Lateral view of apex of abdomen. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 19. HolochlorajaponicaBrunner. Male. Shanghai, Kiang-Su, China. Lateral view of apex of abdomen. (Same scale as figure 18.) Fig. 20. Holochlora mindanao new species. Male. Type. Davao, Min- 294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV danao, Philippine Islands. Lateral view of apex of abdomen. (Same scale as figure 18.) Fig. 21. Holochlora mindanao new species. Male. Type. Davao, Min- danao, Philippine Islands. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (Same scale as figure 18.) Fig. 22. Holochlora mindanao new species. Female. Allotype. Zam- boanga, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 23. Holochlora signata Brunner. Female. Goenong Soegi, Sumatra. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (Same scale as figure 22.) Plate XIV. — Fig. 1. Holochlora fuscc-spinosa Brunner. Male. Mount Ma- Idling, Luzon, Philippine Islands. Lateral view of apex of abdomen. (Greatly enlarged, same scale as Plate XIII, figure 18.) Fig. 2. Holochlora fusco-spinesa Brunner. Female. Laguna Province, Luzon, Philippine Islands. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (Same scale as figure 1.) Fig. 3. Holochlora maxima new species. Female. Type. Surigao, Min- danao, Philippine Islands. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (Same scale as figure 1.) Fig. 4. Holochlora javanica Brunner. Female. Sandakan, British North Borneo. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (Same scale as figure 1.) Fig. 5. Sympaeslria lampra new species. Female. Type. Labuan, Brit- ish North Borneo. Lateral outline of sinistral tegmen, showing only veins which are distinct, these very heavy and conspicuous. (Natural size.) Fig. 6. Sympaeslria lampra new species. Male. Allotype. Labuan, Brit- ish North Borneo. Lateral outline of sinistral tegmen, showing only veins which are distinct, these very heavy and conspicuous.111 (Natural size.) Fig. 7. Liotrachela cryptisema new species. Female. Type. Davao, Min- danao, Philippine Islands. Lateral view of ovipositor and subgenital plate. (X 4.) Fig. 8. Liotrachela iliganae new species. Male. Type. Uigan, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Lateral view of distal portion of abdomen. (X 41,f>.) Fig. 9. Liotrachela iliganae new species. Male. Type. Iligan, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Dorsal view of cercus. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 10. Liotrachela iliganae new species. Male. Type. Iligan, Min- danao, Philippine Islands. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (X 41.-,.) Fig. 11. Caedicia gloriosa new species. Male. Type. Townsville, Queens- land, Australia. Lateral outline. (X 1^2.) Fig. 12. Caedicia gloriosa new species. Male. Type. Townsville, Queens- land, Australia. Dorsal view of cercus. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 13. Platycaedicia obiensis new species. Female. Type. Obi Island, Moluccas. Lateral outline. (X 1M-) Fig. 14. Platycaedicia obiensis new species. Female. Type. Obi Island, Moluccas. Lateral view of ovipositor and subgenital plate. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 15. Chlcracantha lampra new species. Male. Type. Townsville, Queensland, Australia. Lateral view of distal portion of abdomen. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 16. Chloracantha lampra new species. Male. Type. Townsville, Queensland, Australia. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (Same scale as figure 15.) Fig. 17. Messula kiriwina new species. Male. Type. Kiriwina, Tro- briand Island, Melanesia. Dorsal view of cercus. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 18. Mossula kiriwina new species. Male. Type. Kiriwina, Tro- briand Island, Melanesia. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (Greatly enlarged, but not as much so as figure 17.) 111 Venational abnormality is here indicated by the proximal fork of the first branch of the median vein, running directly into the ulnar vein. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 295 Plate XV. — Fig. 1. Diastella maculata new species. Female. Type. Fakfak, Dutch New Guinea. Lateral view. (X 2.) Fig. 2. Chloracanlha lampra new species. Male. Type. Townsville, Queensland, Australia. Dorsal view. (X 2.) Fig. 3. Eumecopoda cyrtoscelis (Karsch). Male. Setekwa River, Dutch New Guinea. Lateral view of caudal femur. (Natural size.) Fig. 4. Tugona philippina new species. Female. Type. Surigao, Min- danao, Philippine Islands. Lateral view. (X 1A-) Fig. 5. Morsimus albomarginatus new species. Female. Type. Labuan, British North Borneo. Lateral view. (X \XA-) Fig. 6. Chondroderella sexguttata new species. Male. Type. Singapore, British Straits Settlements. Lateral view. (X 13^2-) Fig. 7. Nicsara iaylori new species. Female. Type. Polillo Island, Luzon, Philippine Islands. Dorsal view of pronotum. (X 2J^.) Fig. 8. Nicsara philippina new species. Male. Type. Mount Makiling, Luzon, Philippine Islands. Dorsal view of pronotum. (X 2A-) Fig. 9. Nicsara thoracica (Dohrn). Male. Obi Island, Moluccas. Dorsal view of pronotum. (X 2j^.) Fig. 10. Xiphidiopsis gemmicula new species. Male. Type. Surigao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Dorsal view of pronotum. (X 7XA-) Fig. 11. Xiphidiopsis aglaia new species. Male. Type. Island of Ba- silan, Zamboanga Province, Philippine Islands. Dorsal view of pro- notum. (X7K-) Fig. 12. Lipotactes maculatus new species. Female. Type. Singapore, British Straits Settlements. Lateral view. (X 3H-) Plate XVI. — Fig. 1. Paradiaphlebus notatus (Brunner) . Female. Obi Island, Moluccas. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged.) Fig. 2. Segestes frater new species. Female. Type. Obi Island, Moluccas. Lateral outline. (Natural size.) Fig. 3. Segestidea soror new species. Female. Type. Obi Island, Mo- luccas. Lateral outline. (Natural size.) Fig. 4. Segestidea soror new species. Male. Allotype. Obi Island, Mo- luccas. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged.) Fig. 5. Characta labuanae new species. Female. Type. Labuan, British North Borneo. Lateral outline. (Natural size.) Fig. 6. Eumecopoda reducta new species. Male. Type. Butuan, Min- danao, Philippine Islands. Lateral outline. (Natural size.) Fig. 7. Eumecopoda cyrtoscelis (Karsch). Male. Setekwa River, Dutch New Guinea. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged.) Fig. 8. Eumecopoda moluccarum (Griffini). Male. Obi Island, Moluccas. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged.) Fig. 9. Eumecopoda moluccarum (Griffini). Female. Obi Island, Mo- luccas. Lateral outline. (Natural size.) Fig. 10. Cleandrus dyaka new species. Male. Type. Sandakan, British North Borneo. Lateral outline of caudal femur. (X 13^0 Fig. 11. Cleandrus dyaka new species. Male. Type. Sandakan, British North Borneo. Lateral outline of caudal tibia. (X 1/4-) Fig. 12. Cleandrus colosseus new species. Male. Type. Sandakan, Brit- ish North Borneo. Dorsal view of tegmen. (T% natural size.) Fig. 13. Cleandrus colosseus new species. Male. Type. Sandakan, British North Borneo. Lateral outline of caudal femur. (X lJ^O Plate XVII. — Fig. 1. Temnophyllus speciosus Brunner. Male. Labuan, British North Borneo. Dorsal view of tegmen. (Natural size.) Fig. 2. Phyllomimus bakeri Karny. Female. Los Bafios, Luzon, Philip- pine Islands. Lateral view of ovipositor. (X 1K-) Fig. 3. Phyllomimus detersus (Walker). Female. Mount Makiling, Lu- zon, Philippine Islands. Lateral view of ovipositor. (X 13^.) Fig. 4. Phyllomimus tonkinae new species. Male. Type. Than-Moi, Tonkin. Dorsal view of tegmen. (X 1H-) 296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXXIV Fig. 5. Gonyatopus gemmiculus new species. Male. Type. Labuan, Brit- ish North Borneo. Dorsal view of tegmen. (X 1M-) Fig. 6. Gonyatopus gemmiculus new species. Male. Type. Labuan, British North Borneo. Lateral view of cephalic coxal spine. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 7. Gonyatopus gemmiculus new species. Male. Type. Labuan, Brit- ish North Borneo. Ventral view of subgenital plate and styles. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 8. Morsimus albomarginatus new species. Female. Type. Labuan, British North Borneo. Lateral view of ovipositor. (X 1H-) Fig. 9. Morsimus albomarginatus new species. Female. Type. Labuan, British North Borneo. Compound spinula distad on ventro- external margin of caudal femur. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 10. Morsimus albomarginatus new species. Female. Type. Labuan, British North Borneo. Compound spinula on dorsal margin of caudal tibia. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 11. Morsimus albomarginatus new species. Female. Type. Labuan, British North Borneo. Microscopic specialization in place of spinulae on ventral margin of caudal tibia. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 12. Olcinia erosifolia Stal. Male. Labuan, British North Borneo. Dorsal outline of cercus. (Much enlarged.) Fig. 13. Eppioides malaya new species. Female. Type. Labuan, Brit- ish North Borneo. Lateral outline of pronotum. (X 2%.) Fig. 14. Eppioides malaya new species. Female. Type. Labuan, British North Borneo. Lateral outline of tegmen. (X 1%-) Fig. 15. Eppioides bicolor new species. Female. Type. Jelabu, British Straits Settlements. Dorsal view of fastigium of vertex. (Much en- larged.) Fig. 16. Eppioides bicolor new species. Female. Type. Jelabu, British Straits Settlements. Lateral outline of pronotum. (X 2}4.) Fig. 17. Eppioides bicolor new species. Female. Type. Jelabu, British Straits Settlements. Lateral outline of tegmen. (X 1J4-) Fig. 18. Oxystethus dyaka new species. Female. Type. Sandakan, Brit- ish North Borneo. Lateral outline. (X 134-) Fig. 19. Anthracites major new species. Male. Type. Surigao, Min- danao, Philippine Islands. Lateral outline. (X 1M-) Fig. 20. Phisis obiensis new species. Female. Type. Obi Island, Mo- luccas. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged.) Fig. 21. Euhexacentrus annulicomis (Stal). Female. Butuan, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Lateral view of ovipositor. (X 3.) Plate XV111. — Fig. 1. Anthracites zebra new species. Male. Type. Mount Apo, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Dorsal view of cercus. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 2. Anthracites zebra new species. Male. Type. Mount Apo, Min- danao, Philippine Islands. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged.) Fig. 3. Anthracites apoensis new species. Male. Type. Mount Apo, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Dorsal view of cercus. (Same scale as figure 1.) Fig. 4. Anthracites apoensis new species. Male. Type. Mount Apo, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Same scale as figure 2.) Fig. 5. Nicsara laylori new species. Female. Type. Polillo Island, Luzon, Philippine Islands. Lateral view of ovipositor. (X 1M-) Fig. 6. Nicsara philippina new species. Male. Type. Mount Maki'ing, Luzon, Philippine Islands. Dorsal view of cercus. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 7. Nicsara philippina new species. Female. Allotype. Polillo Island, Luzon, Philippine Islands. Lateral view of ovipositor. (X 1K-) Fig. S. Dicranocercus zamboangae new species. Male. Type. Zambo- anga, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Lateral outline. (X 1H-) 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 297 Fig. 9. Dicranoccrcus zamboangae new species. Male. Type. Zambo- anga, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Ventrolateral view of cercus. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 10. Acanthocoryphus mindanensis new species. Female. Type. Su- rigao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Lateral outline. (X 1M-) Fig. 11. Acanthocoryphus mindanensis new species. Female. Type. Su- rigao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Lateral outline of fastigium of vertex. (Much enlarged.) Fig. 12. Salomona nigripes new species. Female. Type. Setekwa River, Dutch New Guinea. Lateral outline. (Natural size.) Fig. 13. Salomona lita new species. Male. Type. Obi Island, Moluc- cas. Internal view of cercus. (Greatly enlarged.) PLATE XIX. — Fig. 1. Alloteratura penangica new species. Male. Type. Island of Penang, British Straits Settlements. Lateral outline. (X 4) Fig. 2. Alloteratura penangica new species. Male. Type. Island of Pen- ang, British Straits Settlements. Dorsal view of distal portion of abdo- men. (Greatly enlarged) Fig. 3. AlloUratura penangica new species. Male. Type. Island of Pen- ang, British Straits Settlements. Ventral view of distal portion of ab- domen. (Same scale as figure 2.) Fig. 4. Alloteratura bakeri new species. Male. Type. Dapitan, Min- danao, Philippine Islands. Lateral view of distal portion of abdomen. (Same scale as figure 2.) Fig. 5. Alloteratura bakeri new species. Male. Type. Dapitan, Min- danao, Philippine Islands. Ventral view of distal portion of abdomen. (Same scale as figure 2.) Fig. 6. Alloteratura xiphidiopsis (Karny). Male. Topotype. Mount Ma- kiling, Luzon, Philippine Islands. Ventral view of distal portion of ab- domen. (Same scale as figure 2.) Fig. 7. Alloteratura xiphidiopsis (Karny). Male. Topotype. Mount Ma- kiling, Luzon, Philippine Islands. Lateral view of distal portion of ab- domen. (Same scale as figure 2.) Fig. 8. Alloteratura sandakanae new species. Female. Type. Sandakan, British North Borneo. Internal lateral outline of cephalic tibia. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 9. Alloteratura sandakanae new species. Female. Type. Sandakan, British North Borneo. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 10. Xiphidiopsis dicera new species. Male. Type. Singapore, Brit- ish Straits Settlements. Lateral view of distal portion of abdomen. (Same scale as figure 2.) Fig. 11. Xiphidiopsis dicera new species. Male. Type. Singapore, Brit- ish Straits Settlements. Ventral view of distal portion of abdomen. (Same scale as figure 2.) Fig. 12. Xiphidiopsis dicera new species. Female. Allotype. Island of Penang, British Straits Settlements. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (Same scale as figure 9.) Fig. 13. Xiphidiopsis cryptosticta new specieS|. Female. Type. Singa- pore, British Straits Settlements. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (Same scale as figure 9.) Fig. 14. Xiphidiopsis drepanophora new species. Female. Allotype. Dapitan, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Ventral outline of subgenital plate. (Same scale as figure 9.) Plate XX. — Fig. 1. Xiphidiopsis drepanophora new species. Male. Type. Kolambugan, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Dorsal view of distal portion of abdomen. Fig. 2. Xiphidiopsis drepanophora new species. Male. Type. Kolam- bugan, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Lateral view of distal portion of abdomen. 298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Vol. LXX1V Fig. 3. Xiphidiopsis drepanophora new species. Male. Type. Kolam- bugan, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Ventral view of distal portion of abdomen. Fig. 4. Xiphidiopsis drepanophora new species. Male. Type. Kolam- bugan, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Dorsal view of cercus. Fig. 5. Xiphidiopsis gemmicula new species. Male. Type. Surigao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Dorsal view of distal portion of abdomen. Fig. 6. Xiphidiopsis gemmicula new species. Male. Type. Surigao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Lateral view of distal portion of abdomen. Fig. 7. Xiphidiopsis gemmicula new species. Male. Type. Surigao, Mindanao, Philippine Islands. Ventral view of distal portion of abdomen. Fig. 8. Xiphidiopsis aglaia new species. Male. Type. Island of Basilan, Zamboanga Province, Philippine Islands. Dorsal view of distal portion of abdomen. Fig. 9. Xiphidiopsis aglaia new species. Male. Type. Island of Basilan, Zamboanga Province, Philippine Islands. Lateral view of distal portion of abdomen. Fig. 10. Xiphidiopsis aglaia new species. Male. Type. Island of Ba- silan, Zamboanga Province, Philippine Islands. Ventral view of distal portion of abdomen. [All of the figures on plate XX are greatly enlarged, to the same scale.] Plate XXI. — Fig. 1. Pyrgocorypha philippina new species. Male. Type. Baguio, Luzon, Philippine Islands. Lateral outline of head and pronotum. ,(X2.) Fig. 2. Phlugis thaurnasia new species. Male. Type. Singapore, Brit- ish Straits Settlements. Dorsal view of apex of abdomen. (Much enlarged.) Fig. 3. Phlugis thaurnasia new species. Male. Type. Singapore, British Straits Settlements. Lateral view of apex of abdomen. (Same scale as figure 2.) Fig. 4. Phlugis thaurnasia new species. Male. Type. Singapore, Brit- ish Straits Settlements. Ventral view of apex of abdomen. (Same scale as figure 2.) Fig. 5. Phisis acutipennis Carl. Female. Singapore, British Straits Settlements. Specialized and concave ventral surface of longest cephalic tibial spine. (Greatly enlarged.) Fig. 6. Terpandrus splendidus new species. Female. Type. Yerilla, West Australia. Lateral view. (Natural size.) Fig. 7. Pachysagella maculata new species. Male. Type. South Au- stralia. Cephalic view of head. (X 2.) Fig. 8. Pachysagella maculata new species. Male. Type. South Au- stralia. Dorsal view of cercus. (Much enlarged.) Fig. 9. Gryllacris vitrea new species. Male. Type. Labuan, British North Borneo. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged.) Fig. 10. Gryllacris punctipennis gemmicula new subspecies. Male. Type. Obi Island, Moluccas. Dorsal view of wing. (X 2.) Fig. 11. Paragryllacris griffinii new species. Male. Type. Queensland, Australia. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (Much enlarged.) Fig. 12. Bugajus couloni (Saussure). Male. Obi Island, Moluccas. Ventral view of subgenital plate. (X 5.) Plate XXII. — Fig. 1. Salomona guamensis new species. Female. Type. Island of Guam. Cephalic view of head. (X 2.) Fig. 2. Pachysagella maculata new species. Male. Type. South Aus- tralia. Dorsal view. (X 2.) Fig. 3. Pachysagella maculata new species. Female. Allotype. South Australia. Dorsal view. (X 2.) Fig. 4. Pachysagella maculata new species. Female. Allotype. South Australia. Lateral view. (X 2.) 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 299 Fig. 5. Gryllacris nigrita new species. Female. Type. Labuan, British North Borneo. Lateral view of ovipositor. (X 2J^.) Fig. 6. Gryllacris annulicornis new species. Female. Type. Obi Island, Moluccas. Lateral view of ovipositor. (X 2^.) Fig. 7. Gryllacris macroxiphus new species. Female. Allotype. Obi Island, Moluccas. Lateral view of ovipositor. (X 2^.) Fig. 8. Papuogryllacris obiensis new species. Female. Type. Obi Island, Moluccas. Lateral view of ovipositor. (X 23^ ) ABSTRACTS OF THE MINUTES OF THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 1922 January 17. The President, John Cadwalader, A. M.,LL.D., in the Chair. Twenty-six persons present. The deaths of William West Frazier, and Mrs. Amelia D. Hock- ley, members, were announced. Mr. Henry W. Fowler made a communication entitled: "Fishes of the Southern Alleghanies" (No abstract). The Council reported the appointment by the President of the following Committees for 1923: On Finance, — Effingham B. Morris, Chairman, George L. Harrison, Jr., Walter Horstmann, Morgan Hebard, and George Vaux, Jr. On Publications, — Henry Skinner, Chairman, Witmer Stone, Henry A. Pilsbry, William J. Fox, and Milton J. Greenman. On Library, — Henry Tucker, Frank J. Keeley, T. Chalkley Palmer, Witmer Stone, Chairman, and Spencer Trotter. On Instruction, — Henry Skinner, Chairman, Charles Morris, George Spencer Morris, Henry A. Pilsbry, and James A. G. Rehn. And the following Special Committees: On Policy, — Edwin G. Conklin, Chairman, Richard A. F. Penrose, Jr., Milton J. Greenman, J. Percy Moore.. George Vaux, Jr., G. E. de Schwein- itz, Witmer Stone, Effingham B. Morris and George L. Harrison, Jr. On Hayden Memorial Medal Award, — Richard A. F. Penrose, Jr., Chairman, Edgar T. Wherry, Henry Fairfield Osborn, Charles D. Walcott, and John M. Clarke. On By-Laws, — Spencer Trotter, Chairman, Charles B. Penrose, and Walter Horstmann. On Nomin- ation of Correspondents, — Henry Skinner, Chairman, Witmer Stone, and J. Percy Moore. Mrs. Samuel F. Houston, Mrs. Matilda C. Markoe, Mrs. Harry F. West, Mrs. S. P. Wetherill, Jr., Miss Helen Brooks Shriver, Roland L. Taylor and Henry S. Williams, were elected members. Levi W. Mengel, Associate Member. George Vaux [X], and Henry James Vaux, Junior Members. (301) 302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [LXXIV February 21. The President, John Cadwalader, A. M., LL.D., in the Chair. Fifty-nine persons present. The deaths of F. A. Hassler, William Welsh Welsh, and George Roberts, were announced. Dr. Edwin G. Conklin made a communication entitled: "The Biological Effects of Immigration." (No abstract). Theodore W. Bouchelle, Charles Fearon, Alfred Jordan, Joseph Y. Jeanes, Henry Leffman, Charles P. Perkins, Thomas C. Potts, Evan Randolph, L. C. Mills, and George C. Thayer, were elected members. The Publication Committee reported the receipt of the following papers for the Proceedings: "The Scrophulariaceae of Cuba," by Francis W. Pennell. "A New Owl from the Bridger Formation," by Alexander Wetmore. "Notes on the Radula of the Neritidae," by H. Burrington Baker. "Osteology of the Tegu," by A. M. Reese. "Notes on the Crocodilia of British Guiana," by A. M. Reese. March 21. The President, John Cadwalader, A.M., LL.D., in the Chair. Twenty-nine persons present. Mr. Samuel G. Gordon made a communication entitled: "A Mineralogist in the Andes" (No abstract). Miss Sophia Cadwalader, Miss M. H. Cadwalader, Miss Eleanor Tatum Long, Samuel N. Lewis, H. Pearce Lakin, and Walter Mendelson, were elected members. April 18. The President, John Cadwalader, A.M., LL.D., in the Chair. Forty-two persons present. The death of George Spencer Morris, a member, was announced. Dr. C. Montague Cooke, made a communication entitled: "Palmyra Island, a Pacific Coral Atoll." (No abstract). William Henry Skinner, Frank J. Psota, and John P. Carter., were elected members. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 303 June 20. Adjourned meeting from April 18, 1922. The President, John Cadwalader, A.M., LL.D., in the Chair. Eighteen members present. The deaths of James S. Whitney, James E. Lennon, Joseph Trimble Rothrock, and Louis H. Eisenlohr, were announced. The following new members were elected: Francis Heed Adler, Francis 0. Allen, Jr., Joshua L. Baily. Jr., John Bancroft, Samuel H. Barker, John Hampton Barnes, Leonard T. Beale, Stanley Bright, Joseph H. Bromley, Carolus M. Broomall, William Findlay Brown, Orville H. Bullitt, Miss Martha Bunting, Daniel H. Carstairs, Miss M. E. Converse, Henry B. Coxe, Robert M. Coyle, Theodore W. Cramp, James H. R. Cromwell, Samuel M. Curwen, William D. Disston, Franklin D'Olier, Helen Kitchen D'Olier, Irenee DuPont, William M. Elkins, William Struthers Ellis, George K. Erben, Thomas T. Firth, N. T. Folwell, Frank B. Foster, Mrs. L. Webster Fox, Samuel M. Freeman, Mrs. H. H. Furness, Jr., Arthur Howell Gerhard, Frank T. Griswold, S. R. Guggenheim, Mary Ingalls Harrison, William H. Hart, R. Wistar Harvey, W. E. Hering, Charles E. Hires, George Gowen Hood, John J. Howard, Mrs. H. M. Howe, Miss A. P. Hutchinson, Daniel L. Hutchinson, Jr., Edward M. Jefferys, Edward Hine Johnson, Livingston E. Jones, Francis Fisher Kane, Archibald C. Knowles, Mrs. Arthur H. Lea, Elisha Lee, John C. Lowry, Thomas McCrae, Mrs. George D. McCreary, Mrs. Charles J. Mcllvain, Jr., Walter S. Mclnnes, Charles Adsit Magruder, John C. Martin, Jules E. Mastbaum, Matthew F. Maury, Mrs. Richard Wain Meirs, Francis F. Milne, Jr., Samuel W. Morris, Mrs. Samuel W. Morris, John S. Newbold, C. Edgar Ogden, George R. Packard, T. H. Hoge Patterson, George Wharton Pepper, T. Morris Perot, Jr., Byron J. Pickering, George D. Porter, Mrs. Francis L. Potts, Thomas Harris Powers, Thomas deQ. Richardson, George S. Robbins, Frank C. Roberts, J. Clifford Rosengarten, Mrs. Edgar Scott, Edward A. Selliez, T. Wilson Sharpless, Charles K. Shaw, Mrs. George C. Thomas, M. Carey Thomas, John B. Townsend, Samuel Tobias Wagner, Alfred S. Weill, William H. Wetherill, Miss Marion B. Wood, Alexander S. Gross. 304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [LXXIV Junior Members: Edward P. Bromley, Henry S. Bromley, Jr., Anne Conrad D'Olier, Franklin D'Olier, Jr., Helen Kitchen D'Olier (Jr.), John M. Fisher, Jr. November 21. The President, John Cadwalader, A.M., LL.D., in the Chair. Ninety-nine persons present. The deaths of Miss Anna W. Pearsell, Charles Morris, and Thomas DeWitt Cuyler, were announced. Mr. Wharton Huber made a communication entitled: "The Academy Nicaraguan Expedition of 1922" (No abstract.) The following new members were elected: Frank Battles,* Charles Biddle, Charles Day, Miss Mary A. Dobbins, Stanley Folz, Mrs. John Fritsche, John T. Garman, Frank Hart, William E. Helme, Fred. B. Hurlburt, Miss H. F. Merrick, L. I. Morris, Stanley P. Reimann, William L. Saunders, 2nd., Monroe B. Snyder, J. Stogdell Stokes, Robert J. Titherington, Carroll S. Tyson, Jr., Mrs. Carroll S. Tyson, Jr., F. King Wainwright, Clarence A. Warden, Edward E. Wildman, De Forest P. Willard, Joseph Lapsley Wilson. Nomination for Officers, Councillors, and members of the Committee on Accounts for the ensuing year were made. The Publication Committee reported the receipt of the following papers for the Proceedings: "Studies in Malayan, Melanesian, and Australian Tettigoniidae (Orthoptera) " by Morgan Hebard. " Crystallographic Notes on Willemite, Celestite, and Calcite from Franklin, New Jersey," by Samuel G. Gordon. "Keeleyite, a New Lead Sulantimonite from Oruro, Bolivia," by Samuel G. Gordon. "Fishes from Nicaragua," by Henry W. Fowler. "Fishes from Madeira," by Henry W. Fowler. "Mollusca of the Southwestern States, XI," by Henry A. Pilsbry. December 19, 1922. The Vice-President, Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D., in the Chair. Seventeen persons present. * Since deceased 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 305 Officers, Councillors, and members of the Committee on Accounts were elected for the ensuing year as follows: President Richard A. F. Penrose, Ph.D. Vice-Presidents Edwin G. Conklin, Ph.D. Henry Skinner, M.D., Sc.D. Recording Secretary James A. G. Rehn. Corresponding Secretary J. Percy Moore, Ph.D. Treasurer George Vaux, Jr. Librarian Spencer Trotter, M.D. Curators Witmer Stone, A.M., Sc.D. Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D. George L. Harrison, Jr. T. Chalkely Palmer. Councillors to Serve Three Years John Cadwalader, A.M., LL.D. Robert G. LeConte, M.D. Milton J. Greenman, M.D. Morgan Hebard. Councillor to Fill Term of Charles Morris (deceased) . .Henry Tucker, M.D. Committee on Accounts Roswell C. Williams, Jr. Samuel X. Rhoads. John G. Rothermel. Thomas S. Stewart. M.D. Walter Horstmann. Annual Reports were received from the Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, Librarian, Treasurer, auditors of the Treasurer's accounts, Treasurer of the "Manual of Conchology," ( 'urator of the William S. Vaux Collections, and from the following sections: Biological and Microscopical, Entomological, and Miner- alogical and Gelogical. The Ornithological Section reported pro- gress, and the dissolution of the Botanical Section was reported. The report of the Committee on the Hayden Memorial Geo- logical Award recommending Professor Alfred Lacroix, President of the Societe Geologique de France as the recipient of the gold medal for 1923, was approved unanimously. Alfred Lacroix was born February 4, 1863, at Macon, province of Saone-et-Loire, France. He was educated at the Lycee of Macon, at the Sorbonne, and at the College de France, attaining in 1889 the degree of Docteur es sciences. In 1887, he became 306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [LXXIV Preparateur au College de France; in 1893, Professeur at the Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, and in 1896 Director of the Labora- toire de Mineralogie, Ecole des Hautes Etudes. In 1892, and again in 1903, he was made Laureat de 1' Institute; and in 1904 was elected a member of the Academie des Sciences, section de Mineralogie. Ten years later he became Secretaire perpetual of the section of Physics of the Academie. He has also been created Chevalier de la Legion d'Honneur. He is a member of numerous learned societies in France and elsewhere, and has headed many scientific missions in all parts of the world. His last visit to this continent was in 1913, when he attended the meetings of the Internationa] Geological Congress in Canada, and subsequently visited many colleagues in the United States. He also took an active part in the International Geological Congress held in Belgium in 1922, where his eminence in his science was universally recognized. At the early age of 25 he collaborated with Professor A. Michel- Levy in the preparation of an important book, Les Mineraux des Roches, (334 pages, Paris, 1888). The first of the five volumes of his great work, Mineralogie de la France et ses Colonies, appeared in 1893; the fifth and final one in 1902; and recently this has been supplemented by an elaborate Mineralogie de Madagascar (1922). Other important volumes from his pen are Les enclaves des roches volcaniques (1893), and La Montague Pelee et ses eruptions (1904). In addition to these and other books he has contributed numerous papers to various scientific journals and proceedings of scientific societies, many of them announcing important discoveries in geology, petrology, and mineralogy. These include the proposal of about forty -seven mineral names; the reinvestigation and characterization of a large number of in- completely described species. The mineral "Lacroixite" was named in honor of Professor Lacroix by F. Slavik in 1914. Over forty rock minerals and other petrographic terms are due to Professor Lacroix; and he has made extensive studies of the phe- nomena of contact metamorphism, endomorphic metamorphism, and numerous other similar phenomena. A resolution of appreciation of the services of Mr. John Cad- walader, the retiring President, was unanimously adopted by a rising vote. 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 307 INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES DESCRIBED AND REFERRED TO IN THE PROCEEDINGS FOR 1922 New species and genera are indicated by heavy-faced numerals. Abramis crysoleucas 7-9, 14, 20 Acanthaprion 189 Acanthocorphus mindanensis .... 227 Achirus fasciatus 7 Acipenser sturio 6 Acrypeza reticulata 139 Agriolimax sp 97 Alcadia 44, 46, 47 Alopias vulpinus 3 Alloteratura 249 bakeri. 251 penangica 260 sandakanae 253 xiphidiopsis 252 Alosa sapidissima 6 Alutera schoepfi 6 Ambloplites rupestris 22 Ameiurus catus 7, 14 natalis 3, 22, 23 nebulosus 7, 8, 11, 20 AnaJcadia 47 Anchovia mitchilli 4, 6 Ancylecha fenestrata 139 Anerota 150 furcifera 171 gracilis 171 subcarinata 171 Anguilla rostrata 3, 4, 6-8, 10 Angulata 49 Anodonta californiensis 75 Anthracites apoensis 220 major 217 zebra 218 Aphanoconia (Sphaeroconia) vere- cunda 43 Aphredoderus sayanus 3 Apomotis cyanellus 23 Aprion 188 terminatus 203 Arlina effulgens 11 Arnobia pilipes 140 Astroscopus guttatus 7 Bairdiella chrysura 4, 6, 8 Balistes carolinensis 6 Boleosoma nigrum 10, 11, 21, 25 n. effulgens 10 olmstedi 10, 11 stigmaeum 21 Bourciera 40 Brevoortia tyrannus 4, 6 Bugajus couloni 286 Caedicia gloriosa 166 Calcite Ill, 112 Calleida 60 Callimenellus 189 fumidus 212 Calybium 58, 64 Campostoma anomalum 9, 13, 20, 22, 23 Capnoptera 189 Caranx crysos 6 Carcharias taurus 2, 5, 7 Casigneta cochleata 142 lamellosa 142 pellucida 142 Catostomus commersonnii 2, 3, 9 nigricans 9, 11, 18, 21, 24 rhothoecus 9 Cecidophaga 248 Celestite 110, 111 Centropristis striatus, 3, 5, 6, 8 Ceratichthys vigilax 22, 24 Cetorhinus maximus 3 Chaenobryttus gulosus 20, 22 Chaetodipterus faber 6 Chaetodon ocellatus 6 Characta labuanae 180 Chilomycterus schoepfi 5, 6 Chloracantha 3 72 lampra 173 Chloracris 189 Chloroxiphidion 242 Chondroderella 208 sexguttata 209 Chrosomus oreas 9, 11, 12 Cleandrus colosseus 192 308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY Oh' [LXXIV ( Jleandrus dyaka 190 fortis 189 titan 19] Conger conger 6 Conocephalus 242 (Chloroxiphidion) affinis 243 (Xiphidion) borneensis 245 Xiphidion) formosns 247 (Chloroxiphidion) javanicus . 243 (Xiphidion) laetus 244 (Xiphidion) longipennis 245 (Xiphidion) maculatus 243 (Xiphidion) melas 247 (Chloroxiphidion) modestus. . 243 (Xiphidion) vestitus 247 Coryphaena hippurus 4 Cottus bairdii 14, 21 Cubaviana 60 Cyclopterus lumpus 6 Cynoscion nebulosus 3-6, 8 Cyprinodon variegatus 4 Dasyatis say 6, 7 Dawsonella 43 Despoina spinosa 204 superba 203 Diastella maculata 169 Dicranocercus zamboangae 226 Diodon hystrix 5 Ducetia thymifolia 133 Dysmorpha obesa 163 Elbenia makilingae 143 manillensis 1 43 modesta 143 nigro-signata 143 serratieauda 144 tenefa. . . 143 Elimaea annamensis. . . 122 bakeri 125 filicauda 127 insignis 122 Iamellipes 124 parumpunctata 129 puncticostata 126 rosea-alata 130 Emoda 46, 55-57 Enneacanthus gloriosus. ......... 3, 8' Ephippitytha trigintiduoguttata. . 166 •Epiphragmophora 85 bowersi 74, 86 harperi 74, 86, 95 traskii 01 Eppioides 212 bicolor. ......... 214 malaya 213 Eremarionta. 75. 86-88, 05 Erimyzon sucetta oblongus ..... 3,7 I'sox americanns . ... .2. 3. 7 Etheostoma blennioides 24 cinereuni 26 longunanus 10 nigrum 10 olmstedi 10 podostemone 10 tessellata 25 Euanisous 262 teuthroides 262 Euconocephalus 237 gracilis 241 indicus 238 longiceps 241 nasutus 240 pallidas ;. 239 picteti 238 sobrinus 242 varius 238, 239 Euhexacentrus 270 annulicornis 271 Eulamia milberti 3, 5, 7 Eulophophyllum 160 thaumasianum 160 Eumecopoda 182 moluccarum 185 reducta 183 Euthynnus alleteratus 4 Eutrochatella 31, 58-63 acuminata columellaris 62 alboviridis 59 chrysochasma 59 c. chrysochasma 59 c. hernandezi 60 c. jucunda 60 chrysostoma 62 cisnerosi 60 elongata. . , 60 erythraea 59 fuscula 60 jugulata 59 mestre 59, 60 methfesseli 60 microdina 61 m. chrysis 61 pyramidalis 60 p. percarinata 60 p. pyramidalis 60 remota . . 62 rupestris 61, 64 scopulorum 60 simpsoni <>1 stellata 61 straminea festa 60 s. nodae 60 s. politula 60 s. rubromarginata 60 S. straminea 60 tankervillii 62 torrei . 61 1922] NATIU'AL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 309 trochulina 59 wrighti wrighti 60 \v. xanthacme 60 Excavata 62 Festiva 44, 53 Fumecopoda cyrtoscelis 184 Fundulus catenatus 14, 24 diaphanus 4 heteroclitus macrolepidotus . . 4, 8 majalis 4 notatus 23, 24 Furnia bakeri 146 Gadus callarias 7 Gambusia affinis 15, 22, 23 Gastrocopta pellucida hordeacella 97 Gemma 46 Geotrochatella 61, 64 Glaucochroite 105-108 Gobiesox strumosus 8 Gobiosoma bosc : 8 Gonyatopus gemmiculus 201 Gonyodiscus 88 Gryllacris annulicornis 280 arctata 276 fumigata 283 heros 279 macroxiphus 282 nigrita 278 punctipennis dempwolffi 280 p. gemmicula 279 signifera 279 vitrea 276 Hadropterus peltatus 10 Hapalophyllum 193 vrazi 194 Helicina 33, 46, 48-53 adspersa 34, 52 amoena 48 candeana 49 caracolla 50 chrysocheila chrysocheila. ... 51 c. shuttleworthi 51 c. vanattae 52 cinctella bautistae 48 c. cinctella 48 delicatula delicatula 50 d. notata 50 d. sagulensis 50 durangoana durangoana 50 exigua 61 funcki costaricensis 51 f . funcki 51 f. parvidens 51 f. pitalensis 51 ghiesbreghti 48 nemoralis 49 neritella 33, 52, 53 n. diplocheila . . 52 orbiculata 34 punctisulcata punctisulcata. . 48 p. zunilensis 48 rhynchostoma ernesti 49, 50 rostrata 50 r. denticulata 51 r. mategalpensis 51 r. rostrata 51 sanctaemarthae 49 senachuensis 50 sowerbyana 48 tamsiana appuni 49 tenuis pittieri 50 t. tenuis 50 zephyrina 33, 50 z. deppeana 51 z. dientensis 51 z. zephyrina 51 Helicinidae 29-67 Helix carpenterivar. indioensis. .74, 86 damascenus 74 traskii 91 Helminthoglypta cuyamacensis . 97 c. lowei 97 tudiculata 96 Hendersonia. 31, 33, 41-44 baldwini 43 japonica 41, 42 laciniosa 43 occulta 34, 41, 42 rotelloidea 43 uberti 43 verecunda 43 Hexacentrus mundus 269, 270 sellatus 269 spiniger 269 unicolor 269 Hippocampus hudsonius 6 Holochlora fusco-spinosa 158 javanica 159 maxima 158 mindanao 156 signata 157 venosa 156 Hybognathus nucbalis 9, 16, 22 Hyperhomala woodfordi 187 Hybopsis amblops 17, 18, 22, 24 dissimilis 24 kentuckiensis9, 11,13, 15, 16, 18,19 rubrifrons 17, 18 Ictalurus punctatus 9, 92 ldesa 46 Keeleyite 101-104 Labidesthes sicculus 24 Lagodon rhcmboides 6 Leiostomus xanthurus 5, 6, 8 310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [LXXIV Lepisosteus osseus 22 Lepomis auritus . . 4, 8, 10, 11, 16, 17 incisor 20, 22 megalotis 20, 23, 24 Leptecheneis naucrates 6 Leptodera ornatipennis 139 Lesina ensifer 235 Letana brunneri 135 Leuciscus vandoisulus 9 Lindsleya 53 Liotrachela cryptisema 164 iliganae 165 minuta 165 Lipotactes 248, 267 maculatus 267 Lobotes surinamensis 6 Lophius piscatorius 7 Lophopsetta maculata 6 Lucidella 53-55. 58 aureola 34, 54, 55 lirata 54, 55 pilsbryi 54 venezuelensis 54 Macrolyristes imperator 186 Macroxiphus megapterus 227 vaginatus 227 Mataeus 189 Mecopoda elongata 182 Megalops atlanticus 3, 4 Menidia menidia notata 4 Menticirrhus saxatilis 3, 5, 6, 8 Merluccius bilinearus 7 Mesogonitius chaetodon 3, 4 Metcalfeia 54 Micrarionta 74, 75, 85-88 aquae-albae 87 damascenus 74 desertorum 86 harperi 94, 96 hutsoni 86 indioensis 93 orcutti 95, 96 rixfordi 86, 93 wolcottiana 82, 89, 91 Microgadus tomcod 7 Micropogon undulatus 3, 5, 6, 8 Microprion 188 Micropterus dolomieu 10, 24 salmoides 8, 22 Miluna 41 Minytrema melanops 17, 18, 22 Mirollia aeta 130 carinata 130 cerciata 131 Mola inola 5 Morone americana 6-8 Morsimus 188, 203 albomarginatus 206 serraticollis 208 Mossula kiriwina 174 Moxostoma aureolum 22, 24 Mugil curema 4, 6 Mustelis canis 3, 5 Myoxocephalus octodecimspinosus 6 Neoconocephalus 238 Nicsara bifasciata 221 bimaculata 225 philippina 223 taylori 222 thoracica 225 Notropis ariommus 12 boops 12 bif renatus 3 brimleyi 13 callistius 21 cerasinus 9, 11, 12 chalybaeus 3 chrosomus 21 coccogenis 12, 13, 22, 24 cornutus 21 hudsonius 9 h. amarus 8 h. saludanus 14 lutipinnis 15, 16 niveus 14, 16 photogenis amoenus. . . .9, 11, 13 procne 11, 12 rubrocroceus 17-19 scepticus 14 spectrunculus 13 stigmatarius 20 telescopus 24 umbratilis. 22-24 u. fasciolaris 22 whipplii 16, 24 w. analostanus 11, 12 Olcinia erosifolia 211 Oligyra 31, 43-47 arenicola 45 a. raresulcata 45 a. succincta 45 beatrix beatrix 45 b. confusa 45 b. nicaraguae 45 borealis 44 cacguelita 45, 46 convexa 44 cordillerae 44 dysoni bocourti 47 d. diaphana 47 flavida brevilabris 45 f. flavida 45 f . strcbeli 45 fragilis data 45 f . fragilis 45 f . merdigera 45 gemma 45, 47 1922] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 311 oaxacana 45 orbiculata 34, 42 o. clappi 44 o. orbiculata 44 o. tropica 44 oweniana coccinostoma . . . .45, 46 o. oweniana 45 palliata 47 riparia 47 rotunda 47 sanguinea 47 Onomarchis leuconotus 193 Opisthonema oglinum 6 Opsanus tau 7, 8 Opsopoedus emiliae 23 Orobophana 43 Orthopristis chrysopterus . . 5, 6 Oxylakis punctipennis 217 Oxyrhornbus 44, 48 Oxyscelus 188 Oxystethus brevipennis 217 dyaka 215 intermedius. 216 Pachysaga 273 Pachysagella 273 maculata 274 Palinurichthys perciformis 6 Paludestrina longinqua 99 Papuogryllacris obiensis 285 Paracaedicia serrata 170 Paradiaphlebus notatus 175 Paragryllacris griffinii 284 Paralichthys dentatus 3-6 Perca flavescens 2, 7, 8 Percina caprodes 23 Phaneroptera 150, 171 Phanerotus 189 Phaula 150 galeata 149 luzonica 147 phaneropteroides 147, 148 rugulosa 146 Phisis acutipennis 266 obiensis ' 264 pectinata 266 philippinarum 265 Phlugis thaumasia 263 Phycis chuss 7 regius 5, 7 Phygela haani 140 Phyllomimus 188, 196 ampullaceus 198 bakeri 196 detersus 196 inquinatus 199 tonkinae 198 Phyllophora lanceolata 188 Phyllotribonia 189 Phyllozelus abbotti 200 Physa sp 99 Pimephales notatus 22, 23 Platycaedicia 167 obiensis 168 Poecilichthys coeruleus 23 flabellaris 11, 12, 14 inscriptus 19 maculatus 23, 25 squamiceps 26 Poenia 54 Pogonias cromis 4-6 Polichne parvicauda 171 Pollachius virens 7 Polyodon spathula 21 Pomacanthus arcuatus 6 Pomatomus saltatrix 3, 4, 6 Pomolobus aestivalis 6 pseudoharengus 5 Pomo tis gibbosus 2, 4, 6, 8 Potamocottus zopherus 21 Poronotus triacanthus 6 Prionotus carolinus \ 6 evolans strigatus .... 6 Priotrochatella 61, 63, 64 Prohimerta 133 annamensis 134 Promeca quadripunctata 195 unicolor 195 Pseudophyllus harrisoni 189 Pseudopleuronectes americanus . . 7 Pseudopsyra 154 mirabilis 155 Pseudotrochatella 64, 65 Psyra brunneri 1 54 melanonota 154 Pyrgocorypha philippina ........ 236 Pyrgodomus 60 Raja eglanteria 3, 6 erinacea 4, 7 Rezbanyite 102 Rhaphidophora baeri 287 deusta 287 gracilis 286 Rhinichthys atronasus 3, 9, 14 Rhinoptera bonasus 6 Rhytidogyne griffinii 225 Roccus lineatus 5, 6 Salomona 228 conspersa 231 coriacea 230 guamensis 232 lita 233 lobaspoides 235 maculifrons 231 nigripes 229 ornata 234 Sanaa 189 imperialis 211 312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [LXXIV Sarda sarda 4 Sasima truncata 188 Sathrophvllia marmorata 210 torrida 210 Scambophyllum albomarginatum. 136 sandakanae 137 sanguineoleiitum 137 Schasicheila 53, 55-57 alata 56 ciliata 50 fragilis 56 hidalgoana 57 hinkleyi 57 minima 57 miriuscula 57 nicoleti 57 palmeri 57 pannucea 57 p. misantlensis 57 pilsbryi 57 sagraiana 56 srlacea 56 vanattai 57 v. tricostata 57 xanthia 57 Schilbeodes insignis 16 Sciaenops ocellatus 5, 6 Scomber scombrus 3 Scudderia 150, 171 Segestes frater 177 punctipes 177 vittaticeps 176 Segestidea soror 178 ►Semotilus atromaculatus . .9, 16, 18-20 bullaris 9 Seriola zonata 4, 6 Sexava coriacea 180 Sonorella 86 argus 86 baileyi 86 b. orcutti 74, 86 walcottiana 74, 86 Sphaeroconia 43 Spheroides maculatus 6 Sphyrna zygaena 3-7 Squalus acanthias 3, 5 Squatina dumeril 3, 6 Stenotomus chrysops 3, 5, 6 Stephanolepis liispidus 6 Stictophaula 150 bakeri 150 micra 153 quadridens 152 Stizeodion canadense 22 Stoastoma 33, 54, 57-59 domingensis 54 haitianum 54 portorieensis 54 St rongylura marina 4, 6 Snbglobulosa 44, 53 Snccincta 44, 45, 52, 98 Sympaestria lampra 161 Syngnathus fuscus 4, 6 Tamsiana 46, 49, 53 Tapiena cerciata 140 Tautoga onitis 3, 5, 6 Tautogolabrus adspersus 6 Tegra 189 Temnophyllus speciosus 194 Tenuis 50, 52 Teratura : 248, 249 monstrosa 246 Termera 189 Terpandrus splendidus 272 Thunnus thynnus 4 Togona philippina 205 Torpedo nobiliana 3 Trachinotus carolinus 4, 6 Trichiurus lepturus 6 Tristramia. 48, 50, 53 Trochatella 33, 63 Troschvelviana 59, 60 Tympanoptera 198 grioleti 204 Typhoptera 189 staudingeri 211 Ulocentra simotera 23, 24 Umbra pygmaea 4 Ustronia 62, 63 Verecunda 43 Viana. 58, 63, 64 regina 63, 64 r. subunguiculata 63 Vomer setapinnis 6 Waldemaria 41 Wavcllite 113-119 "Willemite 108-110 Xerarionta 87 Xestrophrys javanicus 236 Xiphidion 248 Xiphidiopsis 248, 253 aglaia 261 cryptosticta 256 dicera 254 drepanophora 257 gemmicula 259 Zabalius 189 Zonitoides minuscula 97 1922] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 313 GENERAL INDEX 1922 Baker, H. Burrington. Notes on the Radula of the Helicinidae, 29. Berry, S. Stillman. Notes on the Mollusks of the Colorado Desert, I, 69. Cadwalader, John. Resolution of Ap- preciation, 306. Committees, 305. Cooke, C. Montague. Palmyra Is- land, a Pacific Coral Atoll, 302 (No abstract). Deaths announced, 301-304. Fowler, Henry W. Records of Fishes for the Southern and Eastern United States; Fishes of the Southern Alleghanies, 301 (No abstracts). Gordon, Samuel G. Keeleyite, a New Lead Sulfantimonite from Oruro, Bolivia. 101; Crystallographic Notes on Glaucochroite, Willemite, Cel- estite, and Calcite, from Franklin, New Jersey, 105; Crystallographic Notes on Wavellite from Bolivia, Pennsylvania, Arkansas, and Bo- hemia, 113; A Mineralogist in the Andes, 302 (No abstract). Hayden Memorial Geological Award, Report of Committee on, 305. Hebard, Morgan. Studies in Ma- layan, Melanesian, and Australian Tettigoniidae (Orthoptera), 121. Huber, Wharton. The Academy Ni- caraguan Expedition of 1922, 304 (No abstract). Lacroix, Alfred. Recipient of Hayden Memorial Geological Award, 305. Members elected, 301-304. Minutes of the Proceedings, Abstracts of the, 301. Officers, Councillors, and Committee on Accounts, 305. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1922. PLATE I. Q (S O P < 'r- CO O m o w ►J o CO P H s O en P K u o Ph 55 « Q 55 <1 & < « O CO p 55 W O o H x |H H << O Ph E PQ K Q CO £ P < S o fc H < co a O o 1-5 o 55 < a « o 1-5 CO a. w o a CO X H O Ph Q Z <) H « CO p << p = P U H O FOWLER: RECORDS OF FISHES PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1922. PLATE II. H M H CO J >— o a fc < fc o o ->-» o •-5 to o >-H H Oh O LO On O « o 5? fc < K Oh O PS H O O Oh O 53 CO fc o « 5 cq CO Oh O cq o « CQ Q fc < fc 9 IS ^>^ ^Q<' , BAKER: RADULA OF HELICINIDAE PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1922. PLATE IV. 10 BAKER: RADULA OF HELIOINIDAE. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1922. PLATE V BAKER: RADULA OF HELICINIDAE. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1922. PLATE VI BAKER: RADULA OF HEL.ICTNIDAE. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCJ. PHILA. 1922. PLATE VII. BAKER: RADULA OF HELICINIDAE. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1922. PLATE VIII. BERRY: MOLLUSKS OF THE COLORADO DESERT,— I. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1922. PLATE IX, 6 i * * wk&* i ■?m+\ K * ' * * * ,:;:;:■ ^ ^ ♦ - f ± BERRY: MOLLUSKS OF THE COLORADO DESERT,— I. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1922. PLATE X. BERRY: MOLLUSKS OF THE COLORADO DESERT,— I. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI PH1LA. 1922. PLATE XI. HEBARD: MALAYAN, MELANESIAN AND AUSTRALIAN TETTIGONIIDAE. PROC. ACAD- NAT. SCI PH1LA. 1922. PLATE XII ^1%. ^'-"--^L-t* CU;C' HEBARD: MALAYAN, MELANESIAN AND AUSTRALIAN TETTIGONIIDAE- PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI PH1LA. 1922 PLATE XIII HEBARD: MALAYAN, MELANESIAN AND AUSTRALIAN TETTIGONIIDAE PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PH1LA. 1922 PLATE XIV HEBARD: MALAYAN, MELANESIAN AND AUSTRALIAN TETTIGONIIDAE. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI PH1LA. 1922 PLATE XV Jlllfabl^ T-hAi-'j''"-' !-1: 9 11 12 10 HEBARD: MALAYAN, MELANESIAN AND AUSTRALIAN TETTIGONIIDAE PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PH1LA. 1922. PLATE XVI. HEBARD- MALAYAN, MELANESIAN AND AUSTRALIAN TETTIGONIIDAE. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI PH1LA. 1922. PLATE XVII. 12 15 13 16 14 17 8 21 20 19 HEBARD: MALAYAN, MELANESIAN AND AUSTRALIAN TETTIGONIIDAE. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PH1LA. 1922. PLATE XVIII. lO HEBARD: MALAYAN, MELANESIAN AND AUSTRALIAN TETTIGONIIDAE. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PH1LA. 1922. PLATE XIX. 12 HEBARD: MALAYAN, MELANESIAN AND AUSTRALIAN TETTIGONIIDAE. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PH1LA 1922 PLATE XX. HEBARD: MALAYAN, MELANESIAN AND AUSTRALIAN TETTIGONIIDAE PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PH1LA. 1922 PLATE XXI. 10 HEBARD: MALAYAN, MELANESIAN AND AUSTRALIAN TETTIGONIIDAE. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI PHI LA. 1922 PLATE XXII. HEBARD: MALAYAN, MELANESIAN AND AUSTRALIAN TETTIGONIIDAE PROCEEDINGS OF The Academy of Natural Sciences OF PHILADELPHIA VOLUME LXXIV 1922 THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 1923 • THE ACADEMY HAS FOR SALE THE FOLLOWING REPRINTS FROM THE PROCEEDINGS Postpaid at Affixed Prices Fowler, Henry W. Records of Fishes for the Southern and Eastern United States. 27 pp., 2 pis. 1922 $0.50 Baker, H. B. Notes on the Radula of the Helicinidae. 39 pp., 5 pis. 1922. . 0.75 Berry, S. S. Notes on the Mollusks of the Colorado Desert, — I. 32 pp., 3 pis. 1922 0.75 Gordon, S. G. Keeleyite, a New Lead Sulfantimonite from Oruro, Bolivia. Crystallographic Notes on Glaucochroite Willemite , Celestite and Calcite, from Franklin, New Jersey. Crystallographic Notes on Wavellite from Bolivia, Pennsylvania, Arkansas, and Bohemia. 19 pp. 1922 0.40 Hebard, M. Studies in Malayan, Melanesian and Australian Tettigoniidae (Or- thoptera). 178 pp., 12 pis. 1922 '. 2.75 PUBLICATIONS OF The Academy of Natural Sciences OF PHILADELPHIA Sixteen volumes of the New Series of the Journal (Quarto) have been issued — 1847 to 1918. The price per volume of four parts is S10. or $3 per part to subscribers, and to others $12.50 per volume, or $3.75 per part. Vol. VII contains ''The Extinct Mammalian Fauna of Dakota and Nebraska, with a Synopsis of the Mammalian Remains of North America." By Joseph Leidy, M.D., LL.D. Illustrated with thirty plates. Volume XV, New Series, has been published complete, in commemoration of the Centenary of the Academy, on specially prepared paper, 756 pages and 59 plates, 6 of which are colored. The First Series of the Journal, 1817 to 1842, in eight volumes octavo, may be obtained with complete sets only, except certain volumes of surplus. The First Series of the Proceedings of the Academy, octavo, 1841 to 1856, of which eight volumes were completed December 31, 1856, may be obtained with complete sets only. The Second Series of the Proceedings, commencing January 1, 1857 (of which fourteen volumes were completed December 31, 1870), may be obtained at $42 to members, or $3 per volume separately, and to the public $.5.75 per volume. The Third Series of the Proceedings, illustrated, commencing January 1, 1871 (of which fifty-two volumes are now completed), is published at 55 per annum to subscribers, payable in advance; single volumes S6.25. An Index to the Scientific Contents of the Journal and Proceedings of the Academy 1817-1010. 1433 pages, octavo, carriage prepaid, J3.50. American Journal of Conchology, 1865-71. Seven vols., 8vo. Containing 2500 pages illustrated by 150 plates, many of thein colored, besides about 1000 wood engravings. Published at $70. Price reduced to $40 for the set. Separate volumes of surplus (Vols. IV to VII only) $1 each. The Academy has the following works for sale at the prices affixed: Manual ok Conchology. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.. continued by Henry A. Pilsbry. A com- plete, fully illustrated monograph ol recent mollusks. Series I, Cephalopoda, Scaphopoda, Amphineura and Marine Gastropoda, n volume" (finished). Series II, Terrestrial Molluska, 26 volumes published. Plain edition, per part, $3, per volume, J12. Colored edition, per part. $5; per volume, S20. Fine edition, heavy plate paper, plates in duplicate, colored and India tinted, per part, $8; per volume, $32. Monograph of the Terrestrial Moi.lusca of the United States. With illustrations of il the species. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Plain edition, $8.50. Monograph of the Fresh-Water U Mi valve Mollusca of the United States. By S. S. Haldeman. 1840-44. Continuation to 1871, by Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Many colored plates. Prices for the continuation: Fine edition, duplicate plates, $14; with colored plates, $8; with plain plates, $6. Synonymy of the Species of Strepomatid.e (Melanians) of the United States. By Geo. W, Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $1; paper, 50 cents. I.jst of American Writers on Recent Conchology, with the Titles of the Memoirs and Dates of Publication. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $1; paper, 50 cents. Monograph of the Order Pholadacea and other Papers. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth $1; paper, 50 cents. Complete Writings on Recent and Fossil Conchology of C. S. Rafinesoue. Edited by Wm. G. Binney and Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. $1. Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL.D. 4to. ,Vols. 1 to 13. With Index. Nos. 1, 2 and 3, complete. Several hundred fine lithographic plates, $60. Same, Vols. 2 to 13, inclusive, except Vol. 4 Each volume separately, $5. Synopsis of the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL.D. Fourth edition. $5. Contributions to Geology. By Isaac Lea. $3. Fossil Foot-Marks. By Isaac Lea. Large folio, text and plate. 82. Plate alone, 50 cents. Catalogue of Types of Cretaceous Invertebrate Fossils in the Collection of the Acad- emy. By C W. Johnson. Paper, 50 cents. Notice to Booksellers — All the publications of the Academy will be supplied to book- sellers at a discount of 20 per cent, on the prices charged to the pubiic. Apply to William J. Fox, Editor, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Phila., Pa. January, 1923. CONTENTS Fowler, Henry W. Records of Fishes for the Southern and the Eastern United States 1 Baker, H. Burrington. Notes on the Raclula of the Heli- ■ cinidae 29 Berry. S, Stillman. Notes on the Mollusks of the Colorado Desert,— I , 69 Gordon, Samuel G. Keeleyite, a New Lead Sulfantimonite from Oruro, Bolivia 101 Crystallographic Notes on Glaucochroite, Willemite, Celestite, and Calcite, from Franklin, New Jersey .... 105 Crystallographic Notes on Wavellite from Bolivia, Pennsylvania, Arkansas, and Bohemia 113 Hebard, Morgan. Studies in Malayan, Melanesian, and Australian Tettigoniidae (Orthoptera) 121 MBL WHOI LIBRARY UH IflSN N